December 15, 2022 | Author: Anonymous | Category: N/A
Download Speakout Elementary Student S Book...
eBOOK
Frances Eales Steve Oakes
Elementary Students’ Book with wit h ActiveBoo k PEARSON
f *
* \
★ A1-A2 ★) ★)
\*
E N G L IS H
PHO N EM ES
CONSONANTS
y
[b
p
'
|
buk/
p en
1 b oo oo k
pen
d
/t i : /
/dei/
k
'd33:man
/ k a e t/
German ■■\ SN'
f
V
"\ vy
/ /V Veri/ very v
fob four
y "\
/ ' te h vi3 a n /
television
V N
c
\ h
D
nice y
s’
......
.
Vt h i n g y
r
/luk/
/red/
look
re d
/'haepi/
/ 0 i q /
V a
3
V A y
/ n a is /
man 1
C
n
m a e n / n /
■
... ...
/d /daet/ that
Vshe
V y
m
.
/ J i: /
zoo -------------y
y . NS 6
...
Vthink
/ z u : /
s ix
....
e
good V
[j
z
siks'
/g u d /
/Siqk/
\ f
s
g
cat
____________ ______ _______ _
---
vday y S ........... "N
y
...
d3
tje a
.
t
tea
v
A
^ tj
chair
"v
Vv_ h a p p y N S~." . ... ..
..... .....
W
J N
j /jes/
/ w o n t /
V
w ant
yes
V
J
VOWELS 1:
I
O
u:
/si:/
/hiz/
/luk/
/ju:/
se e
his
look
y ou
e
a
31
d :
/ te n /
/ ab au t/
fhyJ
/moinii]/
ten
about
S
ae / b a e d /
bad
S
A /bAt/
but
V
DIPHTHONGS
\ y ei
/hia/
/nei m/ y V “S y
09 /'tuarist/ tourist ea
— ..
a:
D
/ka:/
/hDt/
ca r
J
name
hot ho t v
y Ny
J
y v boy a y ai
/nau/ y
y no
---------------
y
ao
/hau/
/mai/ my
\ 90
/bai/
y V
morning
J
91
/wea/ where
he r
N
*\
19
hear
V
N s
y
ho w
y
Frances Eales Steve Oakes
speako Elementary Students’ Book
CONTENTS GRAMMAR/FUNCTION
LESS O N
U N IT 1 W E L C O Nice to meet you l.l
ME
PRONUNCIATION
READING
st re s s e d sy lla ble s
re ad a g e n e ra l k n o w l e d g e quiz about world facts
str e s s e d sy lla b le s
read an article about travelling light
VOCABULARY
0 Video pod cast | W h a t’s you r na name? me?
page 7
p r e s e n t sim p l e : be
g reetin g s;
page 8
countries and nationalities
1.2 Travel light
this/that, these/those',
ob je c t s
/ d is / , /d ae t/ , / d i: z / a n d / d a o z/
possessives
page 10
1.3 Can 1have a coffee?
making requests
tourist places
page 12
1.4 Fawlty Towers
sentence stress and polite intonation
read tou rist leaflets leaflets
hotel services;
page 14
phrases for booking in at a hotel
U N IT 2 L I F E S T Y L E page 17 present simple: 2. 2.1 1 Join us!
0 Video p odcast | W ha t's yo ur dail dailyy routi routine? ne? activities
strong and weak forms of strong do you
present simple: he/she/it
da ily r o u t in e s ; jo b s
P r e s e n t s im p le v e r b e en ndin gs: / s / , / z / and / iz /
a skin g f o r in fo r m a t io n
th e tim e
1/you/we/ they
page 18
High flyers page 20
What time does it start?
read an article abo ut social online groups
po li te in ton a tio n
page 22
Chalet Girl
household routines; phrases to describe life at home
page 24
U N IT 3 P E O P L E 3.1 Just good friends
0 Video podcast | Wh at do you like like doi doing ng with friends/family?
page 27
frequency adverbs: sometimes, usually, usually, always, often, hardly ever and and never,
page 28
read a web posting about about pen pals
p e r s o n a lity
str e s s e d syllab les
fa m i l y p h o t o
c o n tr a c te d fo r m s o f have/has got
read a quiz a b out w h a t type of friend you are
modifiers quite, not very, really and and very have/has got
Big families pagehappy 30
_________________
Are you free tonight?
I
makin g a r r a n g e m e n t s
tim e e x p r e s s io n s
page 32 _____________________
4.1
A Celebration In Crete
special occasion activities;
page 34
phrases to d escribe special occasions
Small space, big style
read an invitation
rooms/furniture; prepositions (1)
/d e o za / and /d e a ra /
can fo f o r p o s sib il ity
pla ces in t o w n s ; prepositions (2)
strong and weak forms of can read an article abo ut a and can’t special kind of village
shopp ing
th ings to bu y; sh o ps
p o lite in to n a tio n
page 40
Can 1help you?
positive and negative intonation
there Is /are
page 38
An English village
read an families article about unusual
page 42
Favourite Places
phra se s to d escrib e places
re ad a w e b po st ing a b o u t a favourite place
page 44
UN IT 5 F O O D 5. 5.1 1 MyFridge.com
pa page ge 47
0 Video podcast | W ha t s you r favourite dish dish??
countable and uncountable nouns;
page 48
nouns with a/an, some, any
4 / l COWS
how much/many,
page 50
quantifiers
Are you ready to order?
ordering in a restaurant
food/drink containers
re s t a u r a n t w o r d s
read an article about how much an average person gets through in a lifetime f a s t s p e e c h : linking
page 52
A Chef In Goa
ingredients; phrases for writing a recipe
page 54
ST T UN IT 6 TH E PAS 6.1 Favourite things
page 57
□
Video podcast | Did you go out last night?
was/were
d at e s an d t i m e p h ra s e s
stro ng ng and w e ea a k fo rrm ms of was and were
p a st simple
co m m o n v er b s (1)
p a s t s im p le r eg u la r v e r b s w ith / t/ , / d / and / id /
making conversation
w e e ke nd a acct iv itie s
learn to s h o w inte rest
page 58
Time twins page 60
How was your weekend?
read a recipe
read an article about 'time twins’
page 62
Carlos Acosta
phrases for interviewing
page 64
IRRE IR REGU GULA LAR R VERBS VERB S pag page e 127 127
LANGUAGE BANK page 128
read an essay about a special person
PHOT PH OTO OB BAN ANK K pa page 152 152
CONTENTS LISTENING/DVD
SPEAKING
WRITING
listen to short conversations showing different ways to introduce people
introduce people; do a quiz
improve your use of capital letters
identify objects
listen to conversations in various tourist places;
give information for numbers, prices, etc;
learn to listen for key words;
make simple requests
listen listen to prices and numb ers
■■■ Fawlty Towers: watch an extract from a sitcom about a hotel
arrival and che ck in at a hotel
listen to a conversation between two friends choosing the right online online group fo r them
talk about activities; talk about a group/team
listen listen to people describing their jobs;
talk about routines;
listen listen and identify a variety of jobs
describe other people’s routines
learn to get a speaker to slow down and grade their language
learn to show you don't understand; ask questions at a tourist information centre
■ ■ ■ Holiday: Fasten Your Your Seatbelt: Seatbelt: watch an extract from ■■■ a reality programme about a difficult job
talk about life at home: likes and dislikes
listen listen to people describing their friends
describe personality;
complete a hotel registration form; write an email to book a hotel room
learn how to use linkers: and, but and and or
write an internet posting to a penpal describing yourself
do a quiz and find out wha t kind of friend you are talk about you r famil familyy
improve your use of apo strophe's; write about your family
le a rn to s h o w in t e r e s t w h e n yo u lliisten
m ak e a r ra n g e m e n t s t o m me e e t fr ie n d s
■■■■ Francesco’s Mediterranean Voyage: watch an extract ■ ■■ from a documentary about a special special occasion occasion
talk about a special occasion
listen to a conversation between two people talking about a special flat
describe descri be yo ur home
write an invitation invitation
improve your use of commas; write an email about your home
talk about things things you can do in towns; describe a favourite place in your town/city learn to say no politely in a shop;
have a conversation in a shop
listen listen to various shopping conversations
■ ■ ■ 50 Places Places To See Before Yo You u Die: watch an extract ■ iW from a documentary documentary about so some me amaz amazing ing p plac laces es
d e s c ri b e y o u urr f a v o u r it e pl place of of a alll
w ri ri t e a blog a b o u t y o ur ur fa v o u r i t e pl pla ce
listen t o people ta lk ab o ut foo d
ta l k a b o u t y o u r eating and d rin kin g hab its
le a rn to us use p a ra g ra ph s and w r i t e a s h o r t report
talk about diets and lifestyle
u n d e rs t a n d f a s t s p e e c h ;
o r d e r a me al in a r e s ta u r a n t
listen listen to a man ord ering in a fast ffood ood restaurant
■■ ■ Rick St Stein’ ein’ss Seafood Seafood Odyssey: watch an extract from ■■■■ a coo kery programm e abo ut a famous ch ef
describe a special dish
listen listen to peple de descri scribing bing famous famous people’s people’s ffavourite avourite tthi hings ngs
talk a about bout people’ people’ss ffavourite avourite tthin hings; gs;
write a recipe
describe your favourite childhood things t a l k a b o u t y o u r li f e / p a s t e v e n ts learn to keep a conversation goin going; g;
li n k s e n te n c e s w it h because and so and write your life story
describe descri be a perfect/terrible weekend
listen to someone describing their weekend
The Culture Show: watch an extra ct from a documentary about a famous dancer
I
i n t e r v ie w a sp e cia l p e r so n
COMMUNICATION BANK page 160
w r i t e a p r o file e s sa y a b o u t a sp e cia l p e rs o n
AU DI DIO O SCRI SCRIPTS PTS pa pag ge 167
CONTENTS
LISTENING/DVD
SPEAKING
listen to to p e eo o ple di dis cu s s h ho o w th e eyy lliike tto o ttrr a v e l
t a lk a ab b ou ou t h ho o w y o u lilike tto o tr tr a v e ell ;
WRITING
compare places and holidays holidays plan and talk about a long journey
learn to check and correct information; write about a holiday
— understand directions;
give directions in the street
learn to check and correct directions
Holiday 10 Best: watch an extract from a travel show about Buenos Aires
describe descri be a town /city you know
write a short article about a town /city
talk about taking photos;
write a blo blog g entry about wh at you are doing
talk about what people are doing li list sten en t o a ra radi dio o prog program ramme me abo about ut idea ideass of be beau autt y
disc discus usss w what hat you you k now now abo about ut v ari arious ous f ilm ilm star stars; s; describe people’s appearance
— learn to link words to speak faster
ask and answe r a questionnaire about films; ask for and give recommendations
Inside Out: watch an extract from a documentary about an English music festival
li list sten en to a gui guide de giv givin ing g a tour ar aroun ound d a transport transport museum museum
d e s c r ib e an e ve n t
w r i t e a r e v i e w o f an e ve n t
tal talkk about about ty types pes of transport transport talk about ways to travel around towns/cities
. li list sten en tto o a man man ttalk alk about about h his is pro proble blems ms get getti ting ng to work
ap apol ologi ogise se ffor or bein being g lat late; e;
learn to use linkers and write a story
tell a long story
___
Airport: watch an extract from a documentary about a day at Heathrow airport
liste n to to a rra ad io iin n tte e rrvv iie e w w it it h l ot ott e ry ry w wiin n ne e rs rs
deal w it h p prr o b l e m s w h e n flying
t a lk a ab b ou ou t y ou ou r f u tu rre e p la la n nss /w is is h e ess m ak e pr e d i c t i o n s a b o u t s i t u a t i on s
learn to respond to suggestions; ----
list listen en to people discus discussing sing which activities they want to do | an a
Wild Weather: watch an extract from a documentary about the wettest place in Europe
listen t o a rad io io pr pr o og g ra ra m mm me ab bo o ut ut c ol old s and flu
listen to different scenarios of people needing help and thanking someo ne thanking
The Two Ronnies: watch an extract from a sitcom about an unusual shopping experience
listen t o p eo p le talking a b o u t t h e ir e x p e r i e n c e s
im p ro v e y o u r u se o f li n k e rs : too, also and os well and write a short story
make some suggestion suggestionss and invite you r friends to join you ta alk lk abo about ut weat her her and and how how it it ma makk e ess yyou ou fee feell
write write a mes messa sage ge boa board rd n not otic ice e ab abou outt your your country
ta all k a b bo o ut ut w h at at t o d o w he he n y ou ou do do n ''tt fe e ell we we llll an and give advice; discuss discuss cures for the co mmon cold do a quiz about yo ur fitness; talk about healthy weekends
—
w r i t e an email a b o u t an e x p e r i e n c e a t an airport/on a pl plane ane
learn to use adverbs in stories and how to make stories m ore interesting interesting
give advice and offer help; thank someone a sk f o r help in a p h a r m a c y
w r i t e s o m e ad vic e f o r a h ealth me ssag e b oa rd
ta l k a b o u t unusua l e x p e r i e n c e s
l e a rn t o u usse p o s tc a rd p ph h ra s e s and w rrii t e a postcard
describe movement from one place to another; talk about past experiences listen t o d diiffe r e n t sc e n a ri o s o on n the p ph h on e
de ess c r ib e d diifficu lt s i tu a t io n ss// p r o b le le m ss;; say telephone numbers;
—
phone someone about a problem
1 Shark Therapy: watch an extract from a documentary about sharks
descr describ ibe e a an n e exx ccit itin ing/ g/ff rig right hten enin ing g ex p peri erienc ence e
COMM CO MMUN UNICA ICATIO TION N BANK BAN K pag age e 160
writ write e a st ory ory a abou boutt an ex exci citt ing ing/f /fri righ ghtt e eni ning ng experience
AU DIO DI O SCRIPTS page 167
» LEAD-IN OBJECT OBJ ECTS S AND COLOURS
QUESTION QUESTI ON W ORDS
1 A Look at at tthe he words in the box. box. Which objects are are in your classro cl assroom? om?
3A
Underline the correct question word.
1 How/What’s your name? 2 Who/Where are you from?
chair bag notebook table whiteboard pen book C D player penci pencill noticeb noticeboard oard projec projector tor picture B Work in pairs pairs and and take turns. Student A: point to objects in the the classroom. A sk your partner. partner. Student B: name the objects. A: What is it?
3 How/When are you today? 4 WhatANho’s your yo ur favourite actor? 5 WhenA/Vhere’s your birthday? 6 What/Why are are you here? 7 Which/What spelling spelling is cor correc rect: t: c-h-i-a-r or c-h-a c-h-a-i-r -i-r?? B Work in pairs. As k and and answer the questions a above. bove.
8: It’s a book.
CLASSROOM LANGUAGE
C Write the colours.
4A
Complete the questions with a word from the box.
mean 4
7
repeat
don’t
that
1 A: What does does ‘capi ‘capita tal’l’
could
mean
page
?
B: It means capital city, for example, London or Tokyo. 2 A : ‘Wor ‘W orkk iin n pairs’? I ____________understand. 5
B: It means ‘Worktogether’. So, you two ... 3 A: Coul Could d you yo u ___________ that?
8
B: Yes. Page ninety-five. 4 A : Could you spe spellll___________ ? 6
___________
D Work iin n pairs. As k and answer
colour?
B: Yes, m-e-e-t.
9
5 A :___________ you write it?
W hat’s you yourr favourite
B: Yes, of course. 6 A: W hich ____________is it? B: Thirty-five.
THE ALPHABET 2 a ® l .1 .1 Listen and wr write ite the letters in the correct column. Each column has the same vowel sound.
A B-C -D E f G X Y Z A
8
Ht J K LM N O P ^ R S T U V W
B
NUMBERS
5A F
1
0
Q
R
C
Write the numbers.
7
one
twel welve
fifteen
three
eigh eightt
_______
thirteen
nine
two
_______
fifty
four fou r
seven
_______
thirty
ten
eleven
six
five
a hundred _______
twenty
B Listen and repeat.
B
C Work in pairs pairs and and take turns. Student A: spell an an object or colour. Student B: say it.
C Work in pairs. pairs. Student A: say five five number numbers. s. Student B: write the numbers.
A: b-lb-l-uu-ee
8: Blue!
6
® L .2 Listen and check. Then listen listen and rep repeat. eat.
® L .3 List Listen en and and write the numbe numbers. rs.
UNIT I SPEAKING 1 Introduce yours elf and others 1 Make request requestss 1 Ch ec k iinto nto a hotel hotel
LISTENING 1 Understand people people in tourist situations 1 Listen for key infor information mation 1 Listen to prices and numbers
UNIT
1 W atch an extract fro from m a sitcom a bout a hotel
READING 1 Read abo ut travelling travelling llig ight ht
WRITING 1 Improve your us use e of capital letters 1 Com plete a re regis gistra trati tion on form at a hotel 1 W rite an ema email il to book a hotel room
BBC CONTENT @ Video podcast: podcast: W ha t’ t’ss y yo o u r na name me ? © DV D: Fa aw w lltt y T o w e r s
we come 0 a m t C W F EE EE
1.1 NICE TO MEET YOU ► G R A M M A R |pr |prese esent nt sim simpl ple: e: be I ► V O C A B U L A R Y |gr |gree eetin tings gs;; count countries ries and and n nati ation onali alitie tiess
VOCABULARY
► H O W T O | in intr trod oduc uce e pe peop ople le
greetings
1 A Ma Matc tch h pho photos tos A -E to the plac places es in the box below. TV stu studio dio A airport street office classroom B ® 1.1 Listen and match conversati conversations ons
GRAMMAR 2
p r e s e n t s im im p l e :
b e
Look at the conversations conversations in Exercise I B and complete tthe he tables.
1- 5 with the photos photos.. Positive and negative statements
1 Hello Hello.. Are you Mr an and d Mrs Bu Burns rns??
'm
Yes, we are.
1
Hello. I’m Elena Garcia from YouTourist.
My name
Hello. ____________ to meet ______________.
1
Elena Garcia. Jackson. not
a student.
And you.
2
Hi, Lily. _____________a re _____________ ?
Questions and and sh ort answers
Great, thanks. And _____________? Not so bad.
you
Mr and Mrs Burns Burns??
Yes. we
you r name
Simpson?
No. it
3 Juan, this is Ana. _____________
, Juan.
H i. _____________t o ______________ you. Are you in the same class? No, I’m not a stude student. nt. W e ’re fri friends. ends. 4 G o o d ____________ and welcome to the BBC News at One. 5 ___________________________ . Can I help you?
Yes, I’m here to see Mr. Miller.
C
lit page 128 LANGUAGEBANK I
I spe ak ou t It’s a good idea to write a personal example with all new grammar. In your notebook, write two sentences beginning: I ’m .... Aly name . . . .
PRACTICE 3A
Complete the conversation. Then practise it in groups.
A: Hi, Muhamm Muhammed. ed. This 1
is
Is your name Simpson? No, it isn’t. My name’s Jackson.
my class. B: Hi, Cristina. Nice 3
m ee t4________ .
Oh, sorry. Please take a seat, Mr Jackson.
C : Hi. 5
Listen again and complete the
conversations.
Cristi Cristina. na. She 2
you a student?
B: Yes, I 6________ . B W ork in groups. Take turns to introduce each othe other. r.
a studen studentt in
□
VOCABULARY 4A
WRITING
countries and nationalities
6A
Which nationalitie nationalitiess do you know? Complete
the table. C o u n t ry Spain, Britain
ca pit a l le t t e rs
Tick the correct information below to complete
the rule. Nationali ty
Rule:
Spanish Spani sh
Use capital letters for the first letter of: countries / all nouns nouns famous places places jobs cities cities names of people peop le nationalities food languages languages the first word in a sentence
Italy, Brazil China, Japan Japan France, the USA
B Correct the sentences. B Circle your country and nationality above or add add them
1 the eiff eiffel el towe r is in france. france.
to the table.
2 ‘ b u e n o s d f a s ! ’ iiss S p a n i s h for ‘ h e l l o ’ .
C ® 1.2 Listen to the countries countries and national nationalitie ities. s.
3 sake is Ja Japanese. panese.
Underline the stressed syllable.
4 spaghetti is is food from italy. italy.
Spaii n. Span Spa Spanish ish
SPEAKING
D Wo rk in in pairs and take take turns. Student A: say a country. Student B: say the nationality. Remember to
7A
Write the names of four countries. countries. For each one, add one or two piece(s) of information. E.g. a famous place, a
stress the correct syllable. syllable.
A : I taly B: Italian
word or a phrase or a type of food or drink.
India - Ta Tajj Mahal, Mahal, curry
lint page 152 P H O TO B A N K B Work in pairs and take take turns. Student A: rea read d out your information. Student B: guess the country.
PRACTICE 5A
A: A : The Taj M Maha ahal,l, a curr curry. y. B: Is it Ind I ndia? ia? A: A : Yes, i t is.
(► (►)) 1.3 Wo rk in pairs and d o the quiz below.
B Che ck your answ ers on page 161. 161.
Hear it, see it, taste it! 1
Listen Listen and match the countries countries with the mu sic (A(A-D) D) you hear. hear. 1 Ru ssia
2
2 Ire lan d
3 Greece
4 Brazil
Look Look at the maps and match the countr countries ies with the shapes shapes.. □
1 Franc e 3
2 Egypt
3 th e USA USA
4 Australia
Look Look at the pictur pictures es and match the countri countries es with the foo food. d.
1 Italy
2 Japan
3 In d ia
4 S p ain
1.2 TRAV TRAVEL EL LIGH IGHT | ► G R AM M AR | this/that,
VOCABULARY
these/those; poss posses essi sive vess
I V O C A B U L A R Y | obje object ctss
objects
READING
1 A Look at the picture below. below. Match Match the words in the box with objects objects A -O . W hich object isn’t isn’t there? camera A mobile phone laptop purse diary passport passp ort MP3 player magazine magazine hairbrush watch newspaper sweater sunglasses ticket
► H O W T O | id iden enti tify fy obje object ctss
keys
toothbrush
2A
Work in pairs and discuss. What five things are always in your bag/pocket? B Read the articl article e an and d discuss. discuss. 1 W hy is Trav Travelit elite e a good good b bag ag?? 2 Are y our things things from Exercise 2 A in the ba bag? g?
B (£>1.4 (£>1.4 Listen and underline underline the stressed ssyllable yllable in the words.
camera C Work in pairs and ttake ake tturns. urns. Student A: point to an object in the picture. Student B: name the object.
A : W h at ’s thi s? B: It’s a camera. D W hat do you remember? Close Close your book and make a list of the objects in the picture.
Intelligent travellers tak Intelligent take e only one small bag to the airport. At just 45 cm x 35 cm x 16 cm, the Travelite laptop bag is perfect. I love mine! ’What’s ’Wh at’s in my Traveli Travelite? te? My lapt laptop, op, of course - but also a diary, a newspaper, a magazine, a mobile phone, a sweater, sunglasses, my purse, keys and a hairbrush. My MP3 player is OK in a side pocket. My passport and ticket go in another pocket. An And d there’s no problem zipping it up!'
^speakout Always write new vocabulary in your notebook. Underline the stressed syllable syllable of the words to help help you with the pronunciation.
WITH TRAVELIT
GRAMMAR this/that this/that,, these/those
GRAMMAR
3A
5
________________________
Wo rk in pairs. Look at the picture a above. bove. Whe re are the people?
W hat objects are in the picture? B ® 1 .5 List Listen en a and nd check check.. IIss Rob’ Rob’ss ba bag g A, B or C? C
Underline the correct alternatives.
Kate:
It’s a boo k about Rome, but it isn’t my/mine. Is it you/you you/yoursi rsi
Rob:
Oh , no no.. Tha t’s Ma Marco/ rco/Ma Marr co’s.s.
Listen agai again n and underline the correct answer. nut page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K
1 The DVDs are Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s. 2 The book is Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s. 3 Th e sunglasses are D
possessives
®
Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s.
1.6 Listen and write
this, that, these or those in the extract below.
PRACTICE 6
Complete the conversation. Use the
words in brackets to help.
my
Kate: Wait a minute. Is 1_____________ my bag?
A: Is that 1
Rob: N o , 2 .
B: No, it isn’t. It’s 2__________ . (Ana)
s mine.
. is y o u r bag.
book? (I)
Kate: Wait, look. W ha t are 4_____________?
A: Where’ Where’ss 3__________ ? (I)
Rob: 5_____________? They’re DVDs. But they aren’t mine.
B: Is this 4__________ ? (you)
E Write
this, that, these or those under the pictures below.
A: Yes, thanks. Is this 5________ . bag? (you) B: No , it isn’ isn’tt 6__________ . (I) A: Maybe it’s 7
. (Ali)
SPEAKING 7A
Work in groups. Put two objects from
yo ur ba g/p ock et o n a tab le. Identi Ide ntify fy the objects.
I
Silvi a’s bag bag,, Cheng Ch eng ’s keys, k eys, my w watch atch . . .
F ® 1 .7 Listen to the pro pronunciati nunciation. on. Then lis listen ten and repeat repeat.. 1 This /dis / ke key. y.
3 Tha t /da /daet/ et/ key. key.
2 These /diiz / key keys. s.
4 Those
Idouzl keys,
lint page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE 4
Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: point to an object in the
classroom and ask your partner what it is. Student B: name the object.
A : W ha t’s t’s this thi s in i n Eng lish? li sh? B: It’s a dictionary. A : W hat ha t are ar e those iinn Eng lish? li sh? B: They’re windows.
B Work with a partner from from another group. Look at their objects. As k and answer questio questions. ns.
A: A : I s that yyour our pen? B: N o, it isn’ isn’tt I t’ t’ss Br Bruno’ uno’s.s. A: A : A r e th these ese J ac ackk ’s g lass lasses? es? B: No, they aren’t. They’re Veronika’s. nut page 152 P H O T O B A N K
CAN N 1HA 1HAVE A COFFE COFFEE? E? 1.3 CA ► F U N C T I O N | making requests
VOCABULARY
V O C A B U L A R Y | to u rist places
tourist places
1 A Matc Match h photos photos A -D to the places below. 1 a souve souvenir nir shop shop
► L E A R N T O | li list sten en for key key words
1S AN DRI? LINE
PRANKS! BOURNE LINESl LINE
_____________
_____________ 2 a sandwich bar 3 a money exchange exchang e _____________
4 a train station
_____________
B Writ e the word s from the box in the word webs below. Add one more word to each place. postcard postca rd-- co cola la euros euros batte battery ry single single ticket money return ticket coffee sandwich platform exchange rate souvenir
EI lo]
FUNCTION 2A 1 2 3 4
m a k in in g r e q u e s t s
© 1 .9 Lis Listen ten to to fo four ur convers conversati ations. ons. Where are the people people??
_____________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
B Listen Listen again. again. W hat does each each tourist buy? buy?
1 2
_____________________________________________
3
_____________________________________________________
4
_____________________________________________________
__________________________________________
3A
© 1. 1.10 10 Listen Listen and complete complete the requests.
1
Can
I
have
a sandwich, sandwic h, please?
2 ____________________________ one of those batteries, please? 3 ____________________________ a single to Sydney, please? 4 ____________________________ this money, please?
C ® 1. 1.8 8 Listen and check. Then lis listen ten and repeat. D Wo rk in in pairs and take turns. Student A: say a place from Exercise 1B.
B Look at the question. Listen to the polite polite pronunciation. Then listen listen and repeat.
Can I have a sandwich, please?
Student B: say three things you you can bu y/ find there.
mi*- page 128 LA N G U A G E B A N K
□
6 CO
® 1.1 .13 3 Listen to three conversat conversation ion extracts extracts and circ circle le
the correct prices. Extract I a) 2.00
b) 2.10
c) 2.20
2 a single ticket
a) 4.20
b) 4.50
c) 4.80
3 a taxi
a) 13
b) 23
c) 30
4 a coffee
a) 2.15
b) 2.50
c) 3.50
5 a sandwich sandwi ch
a) 2.25
b) 2.75
c) 3.75
6 a bottle of wat er a) 1.30
b) 1.40
C) 1.60
1 an ora orange nge juice juice Extract 2
liL^LL 2G 'Oi _ v: « J JZ Z £i -*3 oc..••in in * ar
Extract 3
__
B
P
■a~
r"
7 Dl
Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Studen t A: look at page
160. St udent B: look at page 162. 162.
SAND WI C H BA R
SPEAKING 8A B
Wo rk iin n pairs. pairs. Comp Complete lete the menu menu with pri prices. ces. Take turns to role-play role-play the conversation in a sandwich
bar. Studen t A: look at the menu. Choose and order your food and drink. Student B : take your partne r’s r’s order. Say how much it costs.
A A:: Could Coul d I hav havee a cof coffee fee and a ch eese sa sandwi ndwi ch? B: A coff ee and a sa sandw ndwii ch? T hat’ hat ’s ffour our eur euros os fififty. fty.
MENU 4A
® 1 .1 .11 Listen to the speakers. A re they polite (P)
or impolite (I)?
DRINKS C o f f e e
............................................
B Work in pairs and take take turns. turns. Student A: you are iin n
Tea
one of the places in the photos. Make requests. Stude nt
Hot chocolate
B: only answer if Studen t A is polite.
A : Could I have on onee of those pos postcards tcards,, please? B: Yes. Yes. H ere you are.
€1 .5 0
.................................
M i n er er al al w a t e r Cola
....................
SANDWICHES
LEARN TO 5A
listen for key words
Read the conversation. Underline the key words in
each sentence. A: Can I have a sandwich and a cola, please? (2 words) B: T hat ’s six euros. euros. (2 words) A: Ah, I only have five euros. How much is the sandwich? (4 words) B: Fou r euros fifty fifty,, and the cola col a is one ffifty ifty.. (6 word words) s) A: OK. Could I have the sandwich, but no cola? (3 words) B: T ha t’s four fif fifty ty.. (2 word s)
|speakout Key words are the important information words in a sentence. These words are stressed and are I o n g e r, LO U D ER an and d hi§h hi§her. er. B ® 1 .1 .12 Listen to tthe he co conversati nversation on an and d check your
Cheese E g g
..........................................
€3.00
.................................................. ..............
Chicken
........................................
CAKES C h o c o l a t e c ak ak e C o f fe f e e c a k e .....
answers. Then listen and repeat.
FAWLTY FAW LTY TOWER TOWERS S DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IEW
1 Look at the photo and read the programme information. Who are the people in the photo?
3A
Watch the DVD. A re the
sentences true true (T) or false (F) ? 1 Ma Manue nuell speaks Eng Englis lish. h. 2 The moo se speaks Engl English. ish.
FawltyTowers BB S Towers awlty is a
F
h ot ot e ell iin n a BB C T V
comedy.
name and
is he’s
The
Basil
manager’s
Fawlty
married
to
Sybil. Polly and Manuel
3 The Major is surprised.
" f r l
n\
4 Basil Fawlty Fawl ty is angry.
B
word you hear in the sentences. 1 2
work at the hotel. Polly
3
is British and Manuel
4
is
5
Spanish.
Manuel
speaks a little English
6
but he sometimes has problems
with
terrible
and
8
Basil
staff and guests! guests!
Match Matc h the words in the box with pictures A -H .
lift A restaurant stairs keycard internet connection room service
reception parking parking
E B Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Studen t A: point to a picture above. Student B: say the word. C
£20/£l 2 , 1thin think. k. Canadian/American, I think, Major.
7 E r ...
often gets angry with his
2A
How/Who are you, sir? I speak spea k English English good/we good/well. ll. I learn it from a book/cook. Hello, Major. Major. Ho w are you OKAoday? I’m tired/fine, thank you. Th at’s a remarkable animal/antique you have there, Fawlty. Fawlty.
his
translations trans lations!! Th e hotel is
Watch again and underline the
Discuss. What do you look for in in a hot hotel? el?
m
speakout at a hotel
writeback an email to a hotel
4A
6A
Look at the key phrases below. below. Wh o says them? Write guest (G) or receptionist (R) next to each phrase.
0O O
keyphrases
lo...
Good evening. Can I help you? Yes, I have a reservation. For two t wo nigh nights? ts? W ha t’s your fami family ly nam name? e? Could you spell that? You’re in room 407. This is your keycard. What time’s breakfast?
B
Number the phrases in the correct order in the email below.
[email protected]
R from 15th November. Thank you iin n advance advance.. Plea Please se rrep eply ly
Regards, for for two ni night ghtss
Dear De ar Sir Sir or Ma Mada dam, m,
to this email address.
for one person
Jamie McDonald
® 1 .1 4 List Listen en and chec check. k.
C Listen again and write the guest’s name and
I wou ld like to reserve a room
telephone number. Guest:__________________________________ Phone: __________________________________
B
5
how many nights you wa nt to stay. stay. Cho ose one of the cities and hotels below.
Wo rk in pairs and take turns to role-play the situation. situatio n. Student A : you are the receptio receptionist. nist. Welcome the guest and complete the hotel registrati registration on form. Student B: you are the guest. Answe r the receptionist’s receptionist’s questions. HOTEL REGISTRATION Family name: First name: name: _ Address:
____
Phone:___________________________________________ Email:____________________________________________ Number of nights:___________________________
Good evening, can I help you? B: Yes, I have a reservation. reservation. M y name’ n ame’ss PPirireez. A A:: A h, yes. Could Coul d you spell that? A;
Write an email to book a room. Decide where and
• New York / The Hil Hilton ton • Edinb Edinburgh urgh / Cas tle Bed & Breakfast • Sydney / Th e Rit Ritzz
1.5 « LO LOO O KBA KB ACK PRESENT SIMPLE: BE
OBJECTS
POSSESSIVES
1A
4A
6 A Work iin n pairs. Complete the poems with wor ds from the box.
Complete sentences 1-15 with
the correct form of
be.
Write the name of each object.
1 W h e r e ’_____ Kuala Lumpur? 2
m y
your my mine hands fine Ann’s
W here _____ these people from: Oprah Winfrey, Daniel Radcliffe, Kazuo Ishiguro, Cristiano Ronaldo?
3
yours
A: This is 1__________my
Where’_____ the Blue Mosque?
book.
B: N o, it’s 2_____________
4 W h a t ______ the names of four countries in South America beginn beg inning ing with A, B or C?
A: Here’s Here’s 3______________
5 I’ the President of the USA USA.. W h a t ______ my name?
B: Are these 5__________
name. Look!
B: Oh ! Tha t’s 4_________ . pens?
A: No, they’re 6________ then?
B Work in pairs pairs and answer the
B: Where are 7_________
questions.
A: In my 8_______________
SPELLI SPE LLING NG AN AND D COUNT COUNTRIES RIES
B Read the poems poems to each ot other. her.
2A
Unjumble the letters and fin find d
AT THE STAT STATION ION
six countries below.
B Underline the correct alterna alternatives. tives.
aanpj —Japan
1 A: W hich newspaper is that/thosel
1 isusar 2 typeg
The Times. 2 A: What are this/these? B: It’s
3 isnap 4 hutso cifara
B Write five five new words from Unit 1.
could
B: Th ey ’re my new sung sunglasses. lasses. 3 A: What are
5 omicxe 6 diain
Complete the conversation 7A the with word s in the box.
that/those?
B: They’re English magazines. C Work in p pairs airs and take turns. Student A: give your partner an
is
return
there
you
it
Could A: Hello./,! have a ticket to Rome, please? B: A single single o r ?
object from your bag/pocket. Student B: close your eyes and take an object from your partner. Guess
A: A return, please please.. H ow much is ?
what it is.
B: Twenty-five euros.
A A:: W hat’ ha t’ss tthis his?? / What are these? B: It’s a ... / They’re ... C Work in pairs pairs and take turns. Student A: say one of your words.
WORD GROUPS 5A Writ e fiv five e words from Un it 1
Student B: spell it.
for the three groups below:
A A:: sandw sandwii ch s-a-n-d-w-ii -c-h B: s-a-n-d-w-
1 electri electrical cal obje objects cts
mobile mob ile pho phone, ne, .. .
2 QUESTIONS WITH BE 3
Work in pair pairs. s. Student A:
choose a famous person. Student B: ask questions to identify him/her.
Is it a man? A A:: Yes, i t is. B: Is he French? French? A A:: N o, he iisn’t sn’t.. B: Is he on TV? B:
two-syllable word s
passportrt,, . . . passpo
3 places
A: And which platfo platform rm it ? B: Platform three. Over . A: Thank . B Make a list of twelve key word s from the conversation. C Work in p pairs. airs. Compare your li list st of the key word s and practise the conversation.
money exchange, ...
B I D S VIDEO PODCAST
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns. Student A: read out the words but
don’t say which group. Student B: guess the group.
(
Download the podcast and view people talking about themselves and where they are f ro m. ^^^^Tor\nterviews
□ ©
A uth en tic BBC in
—
A A:: Yes, he iis.s.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
□
UNII T 2 UN SPEAKING 1 Talk about activitie activitiess you do > Talk about you r dai daily ly ro routine utine > Talk about people’s jobs > A sk questions questions at a tourist information centre
LISTENING
> Listen to people discussing online groups > Listen to people talk about
UNIT
their daily routines
2
> Ch eck when you don’t understand 1 W atch an extract from from a reality programme about a difficult job
READING > Read about online online groups
WRITING
1 Link sentences with but and and or
and,
> W rite an internet post posting ing to a penpal penpal
BBC CONTENT @ Video podcast: podcast: W ha t’ t’ss yo ur daily dai ly routine rou tine ? © D V D : Ho lida liday: y: Fa Fast sten en Yo ur Seatbelt
2.1 JOIN US! G R A M M A R | pre presen sentt simp simple le:: l/you/we/they
|
► V O C A B U L A R Y | acti activi viti ties es
► H O W T O | tal talk k abou aboutt acti activi viti ties es
READING 1A
Read the website extr extracts acts.. Answer
the questions. 1 How many many on onlin line e gro groups ups ar are e the there? re? 2 Wh ich is the right group for these people?
B
Work in pairs and compare your ideas.
VOCABULARY
Frien ds
v
Inbox ▼
We love ffilms ilms - old black and white films, new films - al alll kinds of films. films. W e write about films on our group forum. We watch DV Ds and films o on n TV TV,, and sometimes we go to the cinema together. And yes, we like popcorn, too! ► Jo in us
extracts to help you. drink read liste listen n to play go watch
drink
edit edit
a ct iv it ie s
2A Complete phrases 1 -8 below with words from the box box.. Use the website
1
Profile
do
i l l Travel group We love travel! We go everywhere. We meet people from different countries and we chat with tthem hem about their lives. We take photos of our travels, and post them on our web site. We rea read d travel books and we like maps.
eat
coffe coffee e / wate r
2
______________
films/TV
3
______________
tennis / fo football otball
4
______________
junk food / popcorn
5
______________
books / magazines magazines
6
______________
music / an MP3 player
7
______________
runn running ing / to the cinema
8
______________
sport / exe exercis rcise e
Sport group We love sport! We do lots of sport. We play tennis and go
B Add thes these e words to ph phrase rasess 1-8 . tea a sandwi sandwich ch DV Ds swim swimmin ming g golf newspapers nothing the teacher
C
Work in pairs. Student A: say a noun from Exercise 2A. Student B: say the verb
running or swimming every day. At the weekend, we do day. exercise in the gym or we play football. We also watch sport on TV. We d on't eat jun k foo f oo d, onl only y g oo d foo d. We don't dr drink ink coffee, only water; 2 -3 litr litres es a day.
that goes with it.
A A:: football B :play footba footballll i i 1 spe ako i
Laid-back group TIP TI P
► Jo in us
_
Look fo r words that go together (collocations). When you write new words in your noteb ook, write the w ords that g go o with them, e.g. drink coffee coffee/tea/water. /tea/water. Look at the website extract about the Travel group. In your notebook, write the
We do nothing ... just relax ... all the time! We don't like work and we hate sport, but we listen to our MP3 players a lot. lot. We watch TV every evening ... for 4-5 hours! We don't read books or newspapers, but sometimes we read magazines. Easy
► Jo in us
word s that go wi with th meet and and
take.
magazines, of course!
► Jo in us
2 .1
LISTENING 3A
® 2.1 2.1 Listen to two ffriends riends talk about the onlin online e groups groups.. C Complet omplete e
the table for the man. Tic k the boxes. like
do n’t like
sport
/
films travel relaxing B Discuss. Which is the rig right ht group for the man?
GRAMMAR 4A
presen t simple:
l/you/we/they
0 2 .2 List Listen en a and nd compl complete ete the tab table. le.
Questions and and short answers like
films?
Yes,
travel
a lot?
No ,
you
I
B Listen again. Underline the st stressed ressed words. C
Look at the pronunciation of
do you. Then listen and repeat.
do„you /duju/ /d uj u/ like film films? s?
lint page 130 LAN GU AG EBA NK
PRACTICE 5A
Wo rk in pairs. Write three questions for each online grou group. p. Use the website extracts to help.
Film group - D o you like fifilms? lms? D o you watc watchh fi lms oonn TV? Do you go to the cinema a lot? B Work in groups. groups. Ask other students your questions. Which is the right group for them ?
GRAMMAR 6A
presen t simple:
l/you/we/they
Read the the website extract about the Laid-back group agai again. n.
Complete the table. Positive and negative statements magazines. We books. B Look at the sentences in the table. How do you make the negative? C Underline tthe he correct word(s) to compl complete ete the rul rule. e. Rule: W e use the present simple for activ activities ities we do
moment mome nt of spe speaking. aking.
regularly/at the
lint page 130 LANGUAGEBANK
2.2 HIGH FLYERS * G RA M M A R | pres presen entt sim simpl ple: e: helshelit
V O C A B U LA R Y 1A
► VO C A B U LA R Y | dail ily y rout routin ine es; jobs jobs
daily ro utines
Mat Match ch the phrases in the bo box x with photo photoss A - l bel below. ow.
► H O W T O | ta talk lk ab abou outt rout routin ines es
L IS T EN IN G 3
Look at the person in the photo on page 21 21.. Wha t is
his job ? Do you think it is a good job ? get up A go to bed have breakfast get home have lunch lunch start work /scho ol leave home
4A
fin finish ish work /scho ol
1 Do the people li like ke their jobs? jobs? 2 Do th eir families families think they are good jobs?
have dinner
® 2.3 Listen and answer the questi questions. ons.
B Listen again and complete the table. Daniel 'where/breakfast?
Ted
London
^here/lunch? 3where/dinner?
Si Sing ngapore apore
4when/leave home? 5when/get home?
presen t simple:
helshelit
5A
Look at audio script 2.3 on page 168 and complete the table. Present simple positive statements
B
Complete the questions.
1 D o you 2
g et
He
home on Monday.
He
home on Thursday.
My father
windows.
B Look at the sentences in the table above and complete
up early?
the rule.
Do you _________breakfast at home? Rule: To make the present simple with _________ o r __________ to the verb.
3 Wha t tim time e do yo u __________ home? 4 When d do o you __________ work/school? 5 Where do you __________ lunch? 6 When d do o you __________ home?
C ® 2.4 Listen to the verbs. Write tthem hem in in the correct group below according to the sound of the ending.
7
Do you _________to bed late?
C
Work in pairs. Ask and answ er the questions questions above.
WRITING and, but and or 2A
Complete the sentences with 1 Every morn morning, ing, I have coffee , very much. much.
and, but and and or. I don’t lik like e it
2 Every mornin morning, g, I have coffee at ho m e __________ I drink another coffee on the train.
3 Every mo morning, rning, I have cof fee
__________
tea at home.
Complete each sentence in three different ways. Use B and,, bu t and or. and 1 In the week, I get up early ...
he/she/it add add
/s/
I zJ
hzJ
g gets ets D ® 2.5 Listen to other verbs. Write tthem hem in in the correct group. Then liste listen n and repeat. E Look at tthe he sentences in the table a and nd complete the rule rule.. Present simple negative statements He
doesn’t want
to fly.
My wife
doesn’t like
it it..
Rule: Make the negative with
he/she/it ++
_________
+ verb.
mi page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K
2 A t the weeken weekend, d, I play tennis ...
C
Work in pairs an and d compare your answers.
PRACTICE
GRAMMAR
6 A Complete the text text.. Use a verb iin n the positive or negative form.
8A
noa Breakfast
present simple:
Look at the sent sentences ences in the ttable able an and d complet complete e the ru rule. le.
Present simple questions Does he What
does
want
Sian Williams 'gets up at 3.45 in the morn ing but she 2 (not) brea kfast at home because there’s no time. She 3_______ home at 4.15 and 4________ to the the BB C1 studio by taxi. She 5 wo rk at 5.30 and is live on air from 6 to 9.15 in the morning. In the after afternoon noon she prepares for the next day’s show. She 6_______ work at about 4 and 7_______ home at 5. She 8______ (not (not)) T V in the evening because she 9_______ music and 10________ dinner for her family!
to be a pil pilot ot?? think?
yourr fam you family ily
Rule: Make the question with.
A day in the life ...
he/she/it
+
he/she/it + + verb.
B © 2.6 Liste Listen n a and nd underl underline ine the stressed words. 1 Does he want to be a p pil ilot ot?? 2 W ha t does your family think? think? C
Listen again and repeat the sentences,
nut page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE 9
Wo rk in pairs. Studen t A: look at page 160. Stu dent B: look at page 164.
VOCABULARY 10A 1
jo b s
© 2 .7 Listen Listen tto o the the so sounds unds A - F and write the na names mes o off the jobs.
_____________
2 ____________
3 4 _____________
5
_____________
6 _______________
B Wor k in pair pairs. s. How many other job s do you know in English? Mak Make e a llist, ist, B Read the inf information ormation again. W ha t’s the
lint page 153 P H O T O B A N K
woman’s job job ?
7A
Wo rk in pairs pairs.. Wha t do yo you u know about your partner? W rite four true and
SPEAKING
two false sentences about him/her.
11
Pilar Pi lar g ets up ea early. rly. She doesn ’t watch TV in the evening.
on page 153. 153. The other studen ts: ask ten questions to find the job. woman? n? B: Is i t a woma
Wo rk iin n groups. One student: choose a p person erson from the photo bank
B Wo rk with another partner. Take it in turns to read your sentences. Guess which are true and which are false.
A : Yes, i t is. C: Does she work with animals? A : N o, she ddoesn oesn ’t . . .
□
2.3 WHAT TIME DOES IT ST STA ART? F U N C T IO N | as aski king ng for in info form rma ation tion I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | the ti time me
VOCABULARY 1A
|the time
Ma Matc tch h the the ttimes imes 1- 6 to the p phot hotos os A -F .
1 fo four ur o’ 2
► LE A R N T O | show show you you don’ don’t unde unders rsta tand nd
_________
clock
C
past five
3 two ffift ifteen een O R quarter pas t ________ 4 one thi thirty rty O R past past one 5 nine nine forty forty-fiv -five eOR 6 five
to ten
six
B Look at the photos agai again n and compl complete ete tthe he times a above. bove. C Wor k in pairs and ttake ake turns. Student A: point to a photo. Ask the time. Student B: say the time.
A A:: W hat’ ha t’ss the t he ti me? B: It’s It’s . . .
FUNCTION 4A
a s k in in g f o r i n f o r m a t i o n
Wo rk in pairs. Look at the photos and leaflets.
Answ er the questions questions.. 1 Wh at city are the the ttouris ourists ts iin n? 2 Wh at tours can they ta take? ke?
2A
® 2.8 Look at the times below. Listen and and circl circle e the correct times.
3 Wh at can they do on the ttours? ours? B © 2 ..9 9 List Listen en and answer the questio questions. ns. 1 Which tour do the the ttouri ourists sts w want ant??
I
ID.3Q I M
D
u
s
m
m
E 5 B E H 1 n o U DC U 1 C n.CD I.-1-1 I B
2 Do they book the tour? tour? 3 W ha t’s the prob problem? lem?
5A
Put the questions about the bus tour in the correct order. 1 it / does / what / tim time e / start start?? 2 leave / where / from from?? / does / it
3 when / the tour / finish finish?? / does 4 muc much h / co cost? st? / it / how / does 5 take / do / credit car cards? ds? / you
Work in pairs. Student A: look at page 166. Student B: look at page 164.
3
Work in pairs a and nd take turns. Ask and answer the
B © 2 .1 0 List Listen en and check. Then llist isten en aga again in and underline the stressed words in the questions above.
questions below.
C
At the weekend, what time do you you ... • get u up? p?
repeat the questions. do does esJ t /dazit/ /dazit/
Look at the pronunciation pronunciation of
does it. Listen again and
• have breakfast?
Wh at tim time e /da zit/ st star art? t?
• have ha ve lunch?
D © 2.11 .11 Listen and answer the questions in Exercise 5A .
• go to bed?
lint lint page 130 LA N G U A G EB A N K
On Saturday Saturday I g et uupp at 8 but oonn Sund Sunday ay I .. .
n4 *'***»
HONG KONG
tour
ride to , see the harbour on ianta ia ntast st'c 'c Vl vWage vWage of Vis Visit the ^ 3 g0 sho shoPP PP''^ Aberdeen, paradise in t h e ' S h ° P P t __p pnish 3tStarl'el T o the beach ^
£ i^
LEARN TO 6A
seBav-
s h o w y o u d o n ’’tt u n d e r s tta and
(£) 2.12 2.12 Read and llisten isten to part of the conversat conversation ion
again. Underline three phrases the woman (A) uses when she doesn’t understand.
SPEAKING 7A
A: Hello Hello.. W e ’re b back ack..
Wor k in pairs. Student A : you work at the Tourist Information centre. Look at page 161.
C: H Hello ello again! again! So, do you want the H Hong ong Kong Island tour?
Student B: You are a tourist iin n Hong Kong. A sk Stud ent A
A: Yes. Er. Could you speak more slowly, please?
questions and complete the notes below.
C : O f course. Wou ld you lik like e to to take the tour tomor row morning or afternoo afternoon? n?
Excuse me. Can you give me some information about the ... ? What tim timee do doees i t ... ?
A: Tom orrow mor mornin ning. g. Wha t time does it sstar tart? t? S t a r t ti ti m e
C : A t eigh eightt o ’clock exa exactly ctly.. A: Excuse me, eight o’clock ... ? C: Yes, at eight. A: And where does it leave from?
f i n is is h ti tim e
Leaves ffrrom
Pr ic e
tfarfeenr tear IsU n i t e ar ar
C: The bus leaves from the front gate here. A: Sorry, could you repeat that? C: The bus leaves from the front gate. B ® 2 .13 .13 Liste Listen n ag again ain to the three phrases phrases.. Then repea repeatt and pr actise the polite intonati intonation. on.
When you don’t understand, stop the other person and ask them them to slow down o r to repeat.
B Change roles. Student B: now you work at the Tourist Information Informatio n centre. Look at the information below. Answ er Student A ’s quest questions. ions.
Night tour
Start time
Finish time
Leaves from
7.15p.m.
10.15p.m.
Temple Street
HK$410
C Work in g groups. roups. As k each sstudent tudent for ttheir heir address and telephone number. Use the phrases from Exercise 6A
Rock concert
8.00p.m.
11.30p.m.
Asia-World Expo
to check the information.
2.4 m CHALET CH ALET GI GIRL RL DVD PREVIEW 1
Read the progra programme mme iinformation nformation and answ er the
questions. 1 Wh at is Toya Toyah’s h’s usua usuall job? job? 2 W hat job does she try?
Q Q S Holiday: Fasten T o u r seatbelt
T
oy ah ah W illcox is a T V presenter, a singer
a n d a c t r e ssss . I n t h i s B B C p r o g r a m m e s h e t a k e s a new ho liday job as a chalet girl inVerbier, inVerbier, Sw itzerland. H e r j o b i s tto o c lle ean the r *V *V>a 1 p f a n r l r n n t
fn r civ
guests. The problem is that Toy an isn’t a good cook and it’s her first time in th is kind of jo job! b!
2
Wo rk iin n pairs. Rea Read d Toyah’ Toyah’ss lis listt of jobs. Wh ich
are about food, cleaning or people?
Toclaijsjobs
Coot breakfast Q o shopping for food 1 Clean the rooms OOasL tfie floors Make a cake Mee eett tke jae sts witk tkejae sts C)6 oat witk Saij bread Make soap
3A
Watch the DVD. Number Toya Toyah’ h’ss jobs
in the correct order order.. B W hat fi five ve problems problems does To Toyah yah ha have? ve? Use the prompts below to help.
1 shopp shopping ing / 174 / 100 francs 2 salt / soup 3 guest / professional coo k 4 not have / key 5 guest / not want / eg egg g C Work in pairs and discuss. Wh at are two good things and two bad things about this job?
HK$980
B B C
speakout life at home
writeback an internet posting
4A
5A
Think about your life at home. Make a list of of::
• thre three e things you like do doing ing
Read the internet posting. Is Leona a good
penpal for you?
• thre three e things you do don’t n’t like doing B © 2 .1 .14 4 Listen Listen to two p peop eople le tal talkin king g about about their life at home. Write man (M (M)) or woman
p e n p a i f in d e n c " 1 m
(W) next to phrases 1-3.
About me: I’m Leona. I live in the Czech Republic.
1 likes likes cle clean anin ing g
I’m a student of law at Prague University and I also
2 does doesn’t n’t lik like e cleani cleaning ng 3 likes relaxi relaxing ng C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
keyphrases Do you like [cleaning/cooking/washing]? Yes, I love it! It’s OK. / No, not really. / No, I don’t. I hate it.
study English in the evenings. I’m twenty-two and I love meeting people, but I don’t know many people from other countries.
Interests/Hobbies: I like rock music, and my favourite band is Radiohead. I’m very active. I go running runn ing or swimm swimming ing every morning and I lik like e sports - tenni s is my favou favourite, rite, but I don’t play it well.
Requests: Please email me. I want to practise
I don’t [clean/cook/relax]!
English and to have friends fr from om other countries,
What do you like doing? Why?
especially especi ally fro from m South Ame America rica or Asia. I want to know
I like like [playi [playing ng video gam es/watchin es/watching g TV] .
about diffe different rent lifestyles.
Me, too. B Write a post posting ing about you. Remember tto o use D Wo rk iin n groups. As k a and nd answer que questions stions
and,
bu t and or.
about life at home. U se the key p hrases to help.
About me: Give your name, your country/ country/city city,, your occupation (work/study)
E Discuss. Which student has a similar llif ife e at
Interests/Ho bbies: W ha t do you lik like e do doin ing? g? Requests: What do you want? C Read othtr students’ postings. Matc Match h two students with each other other..
2.5 « LOO LOOKB KBAC ACK K
1A
Wh at are the jobs ? Find an and d
circle twelve jobs.
ACTIVITIES
DAILY ROUTINES
2A
4A
Complete the questions with a
suitable verb.
• a place you like
I D o you read Which ones? & ^ a i t e r h a / r d re s s « O ff
o
magazines? sp ort on T V ?
• the time you get up up • two tw o things you do in the evening
3 D o you When?
a lot o f photos?
B
5 D o you exercise every week? What do you do? 6 D o you a lot o f junk food? What and when?
Work in pair pairs. s. Which jobs are right for these people? Write tw o jo b s fo r ea ch pers on.
I like people.
7 D o you Which ones?
books in English?
8 D o you lot? When?
to the cinema a
B
I work well alone.
Wo rk in pair pairs. s. Ask and answer
5
r
I’m I’m very active.
A: A : M oonb oonbuck uck s. W ha hat’t’ss that that?? 6: A coff ee bar. A: A : W hy do you lilike ke iit? t? 8: Well, ... C Take your partner’s pape paper. r. Work with a new partner and questions about y our first partner.
W hy does does he get up at six? W hat does he st study? udy?
the questions.
ASKING FOR INFORMATION
PRESENT SIMPLE QUESTIONS
5A
3A
Wh at do you know about your partner? Complete the sentences
I He/She doesn’t shopping.
like dike')
2 H e/S h e computer gam games. es.
(play)
3 H e/S h e in the evenings.
(go) out a lot
Look at the leaf leaflet let below. Write questions questions to ask for the information in the leaflet.
I Malta full day tour Start time:
9. 45a. m.
Finish time:
4. 30p. m.
Leaves from: Hotel lobby Adult:
15 euro s
Payment:
All m ajo r credi creditt cards accepted.
4 He/She (do) his/her home work e very ni nigh ght. t. 5 H e/S h e the weekend.
I love numbers.
Work in pairs. Exchange papers. Ask and answer questions questions..
exchange exch ange papers. Ask and answ er
with the positive or negative fo form rm of the verb in brackets.
I talk a lot.
• your job or study subject
2 D o you Which sport?
4 D o you music w hen you wo rk o r stud study? y? Wha t ki kind nd??
B
On a piece of paper write:
(study) a lot at
6 H e/S h e (watch) breakfast television. 7 H e/S h e very late.
(go) to bed
8 H e/S h e night.
(c ook ) e v e r y
B
Work in pair pairs. s. Student A: you are a tourist. Ask questions about the Malta tour. tour. Student B: you work at the Tourist Information centre. Answ er your partner’ partner’ss questions. Use full sentences.
Wo rk in pairs and check your
answers.
A : D o you lilike ke shoppi shopping ng?? 6:
B
A: A : W ha hatt time ti me does the tour star start? t? ni ne forty forty-fi -five ve in the 8: It starts at nine morning.
IDIDS ID S VIDEO PODCAST | ^ I ^
| Downl Download oad the I po podca dcast st and and vi view ew
N o, I don t I like food.
k H H pe eo o p le le ta lk in g a b ou ou t 1 t 1 th eir eir dai daily lives. es.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UN I T 3 SPEAKING J
Desc ribe a frien friend d a and nd why yo u like th em
J
Make arran arrangements gements to me et friend friendss
1 Talk about a special special occasion
LISTENING 1 Learn to show iinteres nterestt whe n you lis listen ten 1 W atch an extract fro from m
UNIT
a documentary about a special occasion
c
READING J
3
Read and and understand a quiz about friends
J
Read about an unus unusual ual family
WRITING J Impro Impro ve yo ur
u use se o f
a p o s t r o p h e ’s 1 W rite abo ut yo ur ffami amily ly J W rite an inv invita itatio tion n
BBC CONTENT 0 Vid de e o p o d ca ca st st : W h a t do you lik like e doing with friends/family? © D V D : Fr Fr a an nce ess co co ’’ss Mediterranean Voyage
3.1 JUST G O O D FRIENDS ► GR A M M A R |fre |frequ quen ency cy adve adverb rbs; s; mo modi difi fier erss I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | pe pers rson onal alit ity y
VOCABULARY 1A
personality
Ma Match tch adjecti adjectives ves 1- 5 with pic picture turess A - E .
I ► H O W T O | de desc scri ribe be pe pers rson onal alit ity y
LISTENING 2A
® 3.2 Lis Listen ten a and nd answer the qu quest estion ions. s.
1 inte intelli llige gent nt 8
1 Are the two men very clos close e fr frie iend nds? s?
2 kind
2 Ar e the two women very close frie friends nds??
3 talkative 4 friendly
B Liste Listen n again again.. Tick the a adjectiv djectives es tthat hat describe Jose and Rosa.
5 funny
adjective
Jo se
R o sa
friendly funny intelligent kind quiet serious stupid talkative
frequency adverbs
GRAMMAR 3A
Read the sente nces and put the adverb s in bol bold d in the correct place
on the line below. 1 He ’s sometimes very fu funny nny - not a all ll tthe he time, time, but but some sometime times. s. 2 W e usually unders understand tand each other we well. ll. 3 W e often go ou outt to cclub lubss - two o r thre three e times times a week. 4 W e hardly ever do thin things gs togeth together, er, maybe two o r three times a yea year, r, never
always
0%
100%
B Read the sentence s again and complete the rule b below. elow. B Look at the adjectives iin n the box below. Match each adjective with its opposite from Exercise 1A. stupid I unkind
serio serious us
unfriendly
quiet
Rule: The adverb goes before/after the the verb The adverb goes before/after other other verbs.
be be..
mi mi** p pa age 132 LA N G U A GE B A N K
PRACTICE C
Look at audio script 3. 3.1 1 on pa page ge 168.
Underline the stressed syllables in the adjectives. D (► (►)) 3. 3.1 1 Listen and check . The n listen again and repeat.
4A
Put the words in the correct ord er.
1 My / quiet quiet / usua usually lly / very / frien friend d / is M y
fri f ri end is usuall usuallyy very quiet.
2 alw always ays / ’re / together / W e 3 aroun around d / fee feell / I / him/ her / stup stupid id / sometimes 4 funn funny y / My / very / usu usually ally / is / friend friend
E Wo rk iin n pairs. Think of a friend an and d
5 always / h im/h er / to / I / liste listen n
describe him/her. Use adjectives from
6 other / unde underst rstan and d / do n’ n’tt / each / W e / always always
Exercise 1A.
M y fr i end’ end’ss name n ame i s Davi D avid. d. I lilike ke him because he’ h e’ss k ind and funny.
B Wo rk iin n pairs. Discuss which sentences ar are e true for y you ou and you yourr friend from Exercise 1E.
speakoi TI P i i : _ W e ofte often n make words neg negativ ative e with un-. In your notebook, write the negative of these words: happy, usual, well, real, safe,
common, e.g. unhappy.
READING 5A
Think of another friend. Read the quiz on page 29 and answer the
questions. B Wo rk iin n pairs and ccompare ompare your answers.
3.1 modifiers 6A
Read the key agai again n and un underli derline ne
these words: and
quite, not very, really r eally
very.
B Complet Complete e phras phrases es 1 -4 with the corr correct ect modifiers and adjectives in the box below. ve ry good really good
not very good quite good
I / / / = W e ’’rre w e ’re
goo good d
very g oo ood d
friends,
friends.
2 / / = W e ’re
friends.
3 / = W e ’re
friends.
4 X = W e’re
friends.
C (► (►)) 3.3 Listen and repeat, li lint nt pa page 13 132 LA N G U A G E BA N K
Mends or FAIR-WEATHER Mends?
PRACTICE 7A
Do the quiz a n d find out how clo close se yo youu really really me me!!
Correct the modifiers in four of
the sentences below. T Two wo sentences are correct. 1 I’m no nott very ffrien riendly dly.. I love pe people. ople.
very/really
2 I’m ver y quiet. I spea speak k al alll the time. 1 Do you you like do doing ing things tog togethe ether? r? a) Yes, we do. do. We like the same things and we often often do them together. b) Yes Yes,, we do. We sometimes some times do things together. c) No, we don't. don't. We don't like the same things and we hardly ever do things together. 2 a) b) c)
How o often ften d do o you phone, text or talk tal k to your frie friend? nd? everyday once or twic e a wee k not very often
3 a) b) c)
What do you d do o whe when n your friend ha hass a problem? I usually usuall y make time to listen to him/her I sometimes sometim es listen, but not always alw ays I go aw away ay and leave him/her alone
4 a) b) c)
What does y your our friend know ab about out your life? everything some things but not everything almost nothing nothing
5 a) b) c)
Do you thi think nk you'r you're e a good friend frie nd to him/her? Ye s- w e' re lucky to hav have e each othe other! r! Ye s, usually. usually. Not all the time.
Key
3 I’m quite intelligent. I usually get about 65% in tests. 4 I’m not ve very ry ffunny. unny. People of often ten lau laugh gh at my jokes. 5 I’m reall really y kind. I alwa always ys help my friends. 6 I’m not ve very ry serio serious. us. I lik like e studying and I don’t like relaxing. B Change tthe he ssentences entences above so tthat hat they are true for you. Then compare yo ur an sw er s w ith a partn er.
I’m very funny. Peo P eople ple always laugh at my jok es.
SPEAKING 8A
Complete the table with the names
of three people you know. H o w close?
W ho ?
not very close
Felipe
3 O Off mOfG mOfG a a’s: ’s: True friends! You're very close, clos e, you like a lot lot
quite close
of the same things and you understand each other well. You're
very/really close
really good friends and you are always ready to help each other.
3 Of more b’s: Just good friends. You're quite close to your friend, but sometimes you you don't understand understand each ea ch other ver veryy well.
3 Or Or more c ’s: Fair-weather friends. You like each other but you aren't aren 't very close. clos e. Yo You u have fun together, but you don't help each other when one of you has a problem.
B Wo rk in pairs. As k and answer questions about the people.
A: A : W ho’ ho ’s Felipe? 8: We work togethe together.r. H e’ e’ss very inte i ntellig lligeent and quite seri seri ous. W e’ e’re re not very clo close. se.
3.2 BIG BIG HAPP HAPPY Y FAM FAMILI ILIES ES _____________
VOCABULARY
|y
H O W T O | tal tal k ab out out your your family
family
1 A Work iin n pa pairs irs.. Look at the photo of the Chernenko family. Can you find: • the parents? • the num number ber of childre children? n? • a son and a daughter? • a brothe brotherr and a sister? • a husband and a wife?
B
Look at the family words above. Do you know any othe r ‘family’ words? Make a list, in* page 154 PH OTO BAN K
READING 2A
Discuss. W hat do you think are
the good/ bad things about life life in a big/small family?
B
Work in pairs. Student A: look at
page 165. 165. Stud ent B : read the text on this page. Circle the numbers in the
RealLIVES
Family welcomes
box which are in your text. What do they refer to? 12 © II 9 6 15
8
7
17 children in the Chernenko family C
Wo rk iin n pair pairs. s. T Tell ell you r partner about your text. Use your numbers as prompts.
D Work in pairs. Draw lines to complete the information. Use the texts to help. don’t
The Chere en nko
eat breakfast
together-
eat dinner together
family al l l i ve tog eth er
T h e L e w is is family
don’t all live together.
BABY DAVID i s t h e l a t e s t c h i l d o f V l a d i m i r a n d Z y n a i d a C h e r n e n k o . T h e C h e r n e n k o s c o m e f ro r o m U k r a iinn e a n d n o w l iivv e i n t h e U S A . T h e y h a v e g o t 1 7 c h i lldd r e n , 8 g iirr lsl s and 9 boys. (Sergey, 22, isn’t in the photo.)
One daughter, 20-year-old ife in the Chernenko Liliya, is married and doesn’t house is noisy! The house has got 7 rooms live with her brothers and sisters. The other children but each child sleeps live at home. ‘It’s good, says in his or her own bed. They 18-year-old 18-yea r-old Dmitry. ‘ I like don’t always eat at the same it. My best friend says he’s time, but in the evenings they bored because he hasn’t got have dinner together. They a brother or a sister. I come travel everywhere in their home from school and I’m 15-seat car. car. never bored. I’ve always got Vladim Vla dimir ir Chernenko Ch ernenko doesn’t doesn ’t something to do.’ think his family is unusual. Large families are quite normal And how about another
L
in the Ukraine. Vladimir says, ‘We love singing singin g and now we’ve got lots of voices for our family *choir!’
i ate th ei r b i g
child ? ‘We haven’t got any child? plans,’’ says Zynaida, 'but who plans, knows?'
O
a group of people I together
3.2 have/has /has ggot ot GRAM M AR have
S P EA K IN G
3A
5A
Look at the article on page 3 0 again and complete
Complete the questions.
the sentences.
1
1 T h e y _____________ seventeen children.
2 How man many y brothe rs ____________ yo u _____________ ?
2 The house _____________ seven rooms.
3
3 They _____________ any plans for another child.
4 How ma many ny children _____________h e _____________ ?
B Complete the table.
B
yo y o u ______________ any brothers o r sisters sisters??
_____________
you r b ro the r ______________ any children?
_____________
Draw your family tree in your notebo notebook. ok. Write your
name and two family members in your tree. I/You/We/ They
eight sisters.
He/She
got
1
n ’t
He/She
n ’t
a brother.
’s/has got eight brothers. I ’ve/have got a sister and two brothers. /haven’ en’t t got a big car. They Ve /hav
1 David 3
4 She
partner. part ner. As k and answ er questions. Add names, ages and jo b s to t o yo ur par tner’s tn er’s fam ily ttree ree .
C (► (►)) 3.4 Listen and underline the alt alternative ernative you h hear. ear. 2
C Wo rk iin n pairs. Exchange family trees wit with h your
A: A : H ow man manyy br brothers others and si ster sterss hav havee you ggot? ot? B: I’ve got two brothers and one sister. A: A : W ha hatt ar aree thei theirr na names? mes? B: Joel, Santiago and Cecilia. A: A : A nd ho how w old ar e they? D
’s/hasn’t got a small family.
information and correct any mistakes.
D Listen a again gain and repeat. Notice the contracted fforms. orms. Which word is stressed in the sentence?
WRITING 6A
nut page 132 LANGUAGEBANK
or
Complete the text. Use the correct fform orm of
have g ot
be.
g ot a brothe 1 1 V e got bro therr and a sister. My sister, LLisa, isa, _________________ thirty-fi _________________ 2 thirty-five, ve, my brother, M Mark, ark, _________________ thirty and 14_________________ twenty-seven. _________________ 3 My sister 5__________________ married to Andreas and they 6_________________ a daughter, Eva. Eva 7__________________ (not) any brothers or sister sisters. s. My brother 8__________________ (not) married, marr ied, but he 9 a girlfriend. I1 10 0__________________married to Marek. W e 11_________________ two sons, Vlad and Henryk. Th ey 12_________________ three and one. B
Use the informatio information n above to complete the family tree.
a p o s t r o p h e ’’ss
s. Read the sentences. sentences. Underline six examples o f ’s.
Stuart’s got one sister and two brothers. His sister’s name’s Jane and she’s a doctor. Jane’s husband is also a doctor and he’s got four children from his first marriage.
PRACTICE
4A
Look at your own family tree again. Check the
has, is or pos sess ive’ ive’s? s?
B
Work in pairs. pairs. W h ic h ’s means
C
Read the text. Put in six missing apostroph es (’). Ive got two brothers, Aleksis, and Pavel. Aleksis is forty. Hes an engineer and hes married to Katia. They live in an apartment in Moscow. Theyve got one daughter, Lara. Shes at school and she lives at home with them. Aleksis is quite serious, but my other brother, Pavel, is very energetic and lively. He likes sport and he writes for a magazine. Hes single.
D
Write about two people in your ffamily. amily.
W rite rite 50 -7 0 wo rrds ds..
VOCABULARY 1A
t im im e e x p r e s s i o n s
Mat Match ch the time expressions 1- 5 with the examples
a )-e). 1 ever every y da day 2 once a wee k 3 onc once e a month 4 twice a year 5 three times a day a) on Fridays b) in June and and De cem ber c) Sunday, Monday, Tuesday Tuesday,, etc. d) at 8a.m., 8a. m., I p.m. and 6p.m. e) on the first Saturday of every month B How often do you do these activities with friends? • go to a clu club, b, restaurant o r a ca cafe fe • go to the cinema or a concert • chat about work /scho ol C Wo rk iin n pai pairs rs and compare your a answers. nswers.
I ggoo to a cafe with my fri en ends ds twice a week. week. A Alilicia cia an andd I chat aabout bout w work ork ever everyy da day. y.
LEARN TO 4A
Look at the extract. extract. How does Denise show interest interest??
Underline three of her phrases. Denise: Ho w’s your new job job?? Ron:
LISTENING 2A
show interest
Go od od.. Th e wo rk rk’s ’s quite interesti interesting ng and the people are quite friendly...
Denise: Uh-huh. © 3.5 Listen to a ph phone one cal calll between Ron and Jack.
Whic h two things in Exe rcise 1B do they talk about?
Ron:
.. . and and the wo rk isn’t too dif diffic ficult ult..
Denise: That’s great!
B Liste Listen n agai again. n. Are the sentences true (T (T)) or ffalse alse (F)? Correct the false sentences.
Ron:
1 Ron doesn’t llik ike eh his is new job.
Denis e: O h, that’s a shame!
F Ron likes his new job.
2
It’s not perfect perfect.. I haven’t got my own office, and one of the people in my room is really unfriendly ...
3 Ron wants to meet Jack toni tonight. ght.
B Wh ich of the three phrases is is positiv positive e (+), negative (-) or neutral (N)?
4 They agree to mee meet. t.
C Complete the phrases with the words in the bo box. x.
C
Ron likes all all the peo people ple in his office.
Is Jack a goo good d listener? listener? W hy/ W hy not?
3A
(► (►)) 3.6 Listen to a phone cal calll between Ron and
Denise. Co mplete the note with the information you hear. hear.
interesting a shame terrible interesting awful fantastic wonderful Positive That’s
met*. a t
great
Negative
interesting
!
That’s
o shame
!
_____
(pto*)
D (► (►)) 3.7 Look at the intonation. Then listen and repeat.
f i l m s t a r t * a t
— —
That’’s i nteresti That nteresting ng!! Th That’ at’ss a shame! E (► (►)) 3.8 Listen to the sentences. Reply with a positi positive ve or negative phrase.
B Is Denise a goo good d listener? listener? W hy/ W hy not?
I’v I’vee ggot ot a n ew job! You:: TThat You hat’’s ffantastic! antastic!
SPEAKING 7A
You want to go to the cinema. Write dow n:
• the name of a ffilm ilm • the name of the cinema • two start time timess B Wo rk in pairs and role-play the situation. situation. Student A: invite invi te your partner to see a fil film. m. Stud ent B: ask about the fil film m and accept the invitation. invitation. U se the flow chart to help.
Say hi.
Hello, it’s ... Say hi. Ask about Student A. Answer. As k about Student B.
H ow... ? Answer. Give news.
Show interest. interest. Finish giving news. Ask if Student B is free. ■ Say yes.
FUNCTION 5A 1 2 3 4
making arrangements
Suggest a film. Ask about time and place.
Underline the correct alternative.
Do/Are you free tonight? What you want/do you want to do? want to How/Who about going to the cinema? Where’s it on/the townl
Answer. Say yes. Finish call.
5 Wh at time do you want/when to go? 6 It’s/This is on at six o’clock. 7 8
What’s/Was good for you? How about meeting/to meet at at half past five?
B ® 3.9 Listen and check. Then list listen en and repeat, repeat,
mi* page 132 LANGUAGEBANK 6
Wo rk in in pairs and take take turns. turns. Student A: say a number below. below. Student B : say the complete sentence/question. 1 free free / toni tonigh ght? t?
2 Wha t / want / do? do? 3 Ho w about / cinema? cinema? 4 Whe re / o on? n?
Finish call.
5 Wh at time time / go? go? 6 It’s on / seven 7 good / you you?? 8 Ho w about / at half half past five? five?
A : Six B: It’s on at seven.
DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IEW
1
4A
celebrate in in your country? W hat do people usually usually do
Watch the D VD. W hich of the activities activities in in Exercise 2A do you see?
on these occasions? 2A Match the verbs and the phrases they go with.
B Watch the DVD again. again. Are sentences 1- 6 true (T) (T) or false false (F )?
1 have have w
a restaur restaurant ant
1 Men Men make the the specia speciall wedding wedding bread. bread. F
2 eat
football on T V
3 go to
special clothes
3 Maria arrives at the wedding with her fathe father. r.
presen presents/g ts/gifts ifts to each each other
4 Th e wedding wedding party starts with a dance. dance.
5 give
a party
5 Maria and Jorgos dance with their who le famil family. y.
6 watch
to special music
7 invite
special food
8 dance
‘Happy Birthday’
9 we ar
guests guests
Discus s. W hat special occasio ns do people usually
4 sing sing
\
2
There Th ere are 1,000 guests for the wedding. wedding.
B Wo rk in pairs. Add two more activities activities to to the lis listt above.
3A
Read the programme programme information. information. W hat special special
celebration does Francesco go to?
C Complete sentences 1 -8 with words from from the box box below.
B B B F r a n c e sc o ’s Mediterranean Me diterranean Vo Voya yage ge
A
rchitect and historian Francesco da Mo sto travels travels around the Mediterranean Sea and goes to lots of different places. In this programme, Francesco visits the island of Crete and goes to a local wedding. He meets the gorgeous bride, Maria and her nervous bridegroom Jorgos, watches the preparations and the wedding, then joins the guests for the reception - a big party to celebrate the occasion! B Read the information again and check any new wo rds in your dictionary.
married dance food wedding family wife
money man
1 Th e whole of Maria’s Maria’s v vill illag age e has has turned turned out to see her get married .
2
Thi s is the nervous bride groom, Jorgos. Jorgos. In a few minutes he and Maria will b e _____________ and
3 It’s certainly the largest _ ever been to. to.
. reception I’ve
4 A t Cretan weddings weddings,, guests giv e_______ ___________ as gifts. 5 And now th e _____________is served . The meat of 150 sheep ... and a whole lot more. 6 Maria and Jorgos’s fi firs rs t _____________as man and wife includes all their close _ D Watch the DVD again again and check yo your ur an sw ers .
34
speakout a special occasion
writeback an invitation
5A
6A
Work in pairs. Think of a special occasion, e.g.
a birthday, a national holiday or a weddding. U se the
Read the invi invitati tation on and and answer the questions. questions.
1 W ha t’ t’ss tthe he speci special al o occas ccasion ion??
questions below to make notes about it. • W ha t’s the name of the occas occasion? ion?
2 W he re iiss it it?? 3 Wh en is it it??
• Wh en and wher e does it h happ appen? en? • Wh at do you usually usually d do? o? Describe Descri be three /four act activit ivities. ies.
Come and join us at our New Year Party!
• W ha t’s your favourite thi thing ng o on n that day? day?
Place
B ® 3 .10 .10 Lis Listen ten to some someone one tal talking king about about
16A Abbe y Street Dublin (map attached)
Hogmanay. Numbe r the pictures in order.
Date Saturday 31st December (of course!)
Time 8.00 till late Celebrate the New Year with some frien friends ds instead of watching TV!
R.S.V.P. C
Tel: Sean on on 94938 284 or email seanQwebmailprrnm
Look at the key phrases below. Listen again and
tick the key phrases you hea hear. r.
—
--------
keyphrases [I want to talk/Let me tell you] about... [This/It] happens in (place) on (date)...
B Write an invitat invitation ion to a special occasion. Use the invitation invitatio n above to help. C hoose from the list list:: • a birthday birthda y party
On [this day/the day before], we [always/usually/ often]...
• a housewarming
W e (also (also)) have a spec special ial custo custom m ...
• a wedding
I like it because ...
• a schoo l leaving party • a graduation party
D Work in groups and ttake ake tturns. urns. One student: ttalk alk about your special occasion. Use the key phrases to help. Other students: listen and make notes. Then ask two questions about the occasion.
C W ork iin n groups and exchange invitat invitations. ions. Read them and r eply tto o two.
3.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK B
PERSONALITY
FAMILY
1A
3 A Complete the sentences with
Write three activities from above
in the diary below. Leave three Rearrange the lett letters ers to
make adjectives. Then write the opposites. 1 it itsspud
stupi d - i ntellig ent
2 alavetkit
spaces empty.
the correct family word. 1 My mo mother’ ther’ss ffath ather er is is my __________
SATURDAY
2 My brother’s brothe r’s son is m y ___________
___________________ _______________ ____
morning:
3 My sister’s sist er’s daughter is my
3 relyfind 4 eurosis
4 My father father’’s sister is m y ___________
5 dink
5 My grandm other’s son is my ___________or my ____________
B
Complete the sentences below. It is important/not important that: • a docto r is ... • a TV presenter iiss ...
C Work in pairs and discuss your answers.
mother’ss daug mother’ daughter hter is my .. .
My
2A
to ask other students. Find someone who ...
Student B: say the family word.
Work in pairs. Write questions
. has got a cat.
I
1 J w _y _y s
H ave yo youu got a cat?
3 _ft_n 4 s_m_t_m_s
2
___________
has got a laptop.
3
___________
hasn’t got children.
4
___________
has got brothers and
5 h_rdl h_rdly y _v _r 6 n_v_r
5
___________
has got a job.
B
6
___________
hasn’t got a car.
sentences that are true about you. Use each adverb of frequenc frequency y only once.
B
ta
eat lunch at wo rk/scho o l
drink coffee in the evening
do the food shopping
accept, write their names and the activity in your diary.
A: A : H ow about g oing shoppi shopping ng on Saturday Satur day morni ng ng?? B: So Sorry, rry, I ’m busy./Gr eat! I ’m free free.. PUNCTUATION Rewrite the text message with spaces and punctuation.
As k other students the
questions. Write a different
Hiareyoufree
student’s name in each gap above.
tonighthowa
Naomi
I watc!J v T V
C Wo rk iin n groups. Take Take turns to invite other students to do the activities with you. When they
6A
sisters.
Choose six events and write six
evening:
Student A: read out your sentences.
4A
lly lly
afternoon:
C Work in p pairs airs and take turns.
FREQUEN FREQ UENCY CY ADVE ADVERBS RBS
2 _s
morning:
test your partner.
HAVE/HAS GOT
frequency adverbs.
SUNDAY
Write four more sentences to
A A:: Iistthi hink nk i t’s t’s i mpor mportant hat a doct doctor or intelligent and tant kind.tthat agr ee.. 8: Yes, I agree. // // don’t agree
Add the vow els to the
evening:
6 My sister’s mother and and father are m y ___________
B
• a parent is ...
afternoon:
boutgolngto
has got a cat.
TXclubmeet
MAKING MAKIN G ARRANGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS S
at8oclockout
5A
side
Complete the phrases with a suitable verb.
go
shopping / running a club / a concert / the
cinema
B
Write a reply.
. lunch at a restaurant / breakfast at a cafe a film on TV / a DVD
get home late
___________
___________
I always get home late.
football / tennis / golf
B I D S VIDEO PODCAST . jI a Downloa Down load the podcast t IJ ^ and nd vi view ewdpe peop opllpodcas e ■ ■ ta lk in g a b o u t t h ei ei r 1 ( 1 families and friends.
C Work in pairs pairs.. Read out your
Authentic
six sentences. Wha t things are th the e same/different?
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UN I T 4 SPEAKING 1 Describe your home 1 Talk about tthings hings you can do in town 1 Have a conversation iin n a shop
LISTENING 1 Listen to a m man an desc describing ribing his flat
UNIT
1 Understand conversations in shops
4
1 Wat ch an extract from a documentary about some amazing places
READING 1 Read about an Eng English lish village not in England
WRITING 1 Improve your use of commas 1 W rite an ema email il abou aboutt your home 1 W rite a blo blog g about your favourite place
BBC CONTENT 0 Video po podca dcast: st: W here do you live live?? © DV D: 50 Pla Place cess To See See Before You Die
places
► S ma mall place, big style
► A n E n gl gli ssh h v il illa g ge e?
► Favourite Places
► Can I help you?
4.1 SMALL PLAC PLACE, E, BIG STYLE ^ G R AM M AR | there is/are
| ► V O C A B U L A R Y h^ h^o ogrn rns/ s/fu furn rnit itur ure; e; pre prepo posit sitio ions ns
► H O W T O | talk about about homes homes
1 A Wh at do you nee need d in a flat? Tick the necessary things in the word webs below. kitchen living room
dining room
bathroom
LISTENING 2A
bedroom
balcony
Read the advert and an swer the questions.
1 W ho are ‘‘micr microfl oflats ats’’ for? for? 2 Wh ere are they they?? 3 Ar e they expensive to bu buy? y?
cupboard
4 Wh ich rooms and furniture can you see in the pictures pictures??
M icr ofla ts fo forr you Do you work in the the c ity centre? Are you a student or teach teach er? Or mayb e a poli police ce offi officer, cer, doctor or nurse? Then w e’ve got the flat flat for for you! Twenty-four m icr icroflat oflatss for sale in the city ce ntre. Low price, high quality, quality, available now! B Work in pair pairss an and d compare your idea ideas. s.
Co ntact u s on 011 0118 324168 to see one today!
C ® 4. 4.1 1 Liste Listen n a and nd under underline line the stress iin n each word. Then listen and repeat. D Work in pai pairs rs a and nd take turns. Student A: say a room. Student B: say the furniture which is usually in that roo room. m.
B ® 4.2 List Listen en to two peo people ple talk about a mi micro crofla flat. t.
k. Living room
Number the room s in the order they talk about them.
B: a sofa, an armchair, ...
dining room
1
balcony
in* page 155 P H O T O B A N K
bathroom bedroom
speakout
kitchen
Write words on Post-its and put them around your home. Choose eight words for furniture from the photo bank. Label them in your home. When you look at the Post-its, say the words aloud.
living room C
Listen again. W ha t’s one thing the woman likes about
the flat? Wha t’s one thi thing ng doesn’t she like?
4.1 GRAMMAR there is/are 3A
VOCABULARY
Look at audio script 4.2 on page 169 and complete the table.
two chairs. There
Match the prepositions in the box
with the pictures below.
a bathroom.
’s
7A
prepositions
a separate living room.
in A under above in front of on behin behind d between next to
any shelves. Is
a bedroom?
B ® 4 .3 Liste Listen n and repeat. Noti Notice ce the pronu pronunciat nciation ion of /deaza/ and /Seara/. mi* page 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE 4
Complete the email. Use
ther e’s,s , there i sn’t, sn’t, ther e are or ther theree ar en’t. en’t.
lo:
J
Hi Jaime and Laura, I'm so happy that you want to stay in my flat. Here's some information about it. 1 There are four rooms - a bedr bedroom, oom, a living room, a bathroom and a kitchen.2________________ a double bed in the bedroom and 3________________ a desk where you you can study and work .4_______________ a DVD player in the living room and 5________________ lots of films (in wireless broadband English!). Have you go t a lap laptop? top? 6_ everywhere in the flat.7______________ a dining room but * two chairs and a table in the kitchen. My flat is on the top floor and 9_______________ any neighbours, so it's OK to play loud music! Tell me about your flat. Where is it and how big is it?
i B Wo rk in pairs. Look at the picture on page 163 for fifteen fifteen second s. Then correct sentences 1-6 below.
Paul
1 There are ffour our book bookss on th the e she shelve lves. s. 2 Th er e’s a sofa near the television.
5
Work in pairs an and d take turns. Ask your partner about his/her home.
Ho w many rooms? Garage? Garden? Washing machine? Balcony Balcony?? Wir eless broa broadban dband? d? TV / kitc kitche hen? n?
Shower?
A : H ow man manyy rooms ar aree ther there? e? B: There are six. There’s a ...
WRITING 6A
commas
Look at tthe he sentences belo below. w. How are they dif different? ferent? Which one is
correct? 1 The re are four rooms - a bedroom an and d a li livi ving ng room and a bathro bathroom om and a kitchen. 2 Th Ther ere e are four rooms - a bedroom, a llivi iving ng room, a bathroom an and d a
3 Th er e’s a table in front of the door. 4 The re are two chairs nex nextt to the table. table. 5 Th er e’s a llamp amp above the arm armchair. chair. 6 The re’s a cha chair ir between the door a and nd the shelves. C Look at the fl flat at again on on page 163. Write three false sentences about where things are. D Wo rk in pairs. Look at the fflat lat and correct your partner’s sentences.
SPEAKING
kitchen. B Put commas in the sentenc es if necessary.
8 A In your note notebook, book, draw the outli outline ne of of yo ur fa vou rite room at home home.. Draw Dr aw only
1 The re are three bedrooms two bathrooms and a balcony balcony upstair upstairs. s.
the windo ws and door.
2 W e ’ve go gott a bathro bathroom om an and d two bedrooms bedrooms..
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns. Exchange
3 I get up at 7 have a sh show ower er have breakfas breakfastt in the kitche kitchen n and go to work .
notebooks. Student A: describe the furniture in your room. Student B: draw
C Write an email tto o a ffriend riend about your home. Use the ema email il in Exercise 4
the furniture in the room.
to help. Remember to use commas.
This is my m y living room. Ther e’s a table under the window.
4.2 AN ENGLISH VIL VILLAGE LAGE?? cann for possibility I ► V O C A B U LA R Y | pl ► G R A M M A R | ca plac aces es in tow towns ns;; prep prepos osit itio ions ns I ► H O W T O | ta talk lk ab abou outt town townss
tudying English is very important you ng piseople in South Korea. Kore Thefor problem that many South a. Korean students learn grammar but don ’t learn how to speak. speak.
S
They say say that English-speaking countries are far away away and they can’ can’tt visit and practi pra ctise. se. So w h at ’s t he answ er? B ri ring ng England to South Korea and build an English village! These villages have got all the buildings of a typical village in E ng land so it’ it’ss ea easy sy to do English activities all day.There are also
VOCABULARY
places in towns
2A
Look at sentences 1-10 bel below. ow. Whe re do you think you can do the things in the village? Complete the sentences with the words in the box below.
English teachers from Britai Britain, n, the USA and Australi Austr aliaa work ing there and they help the guests speak English all
4 You can buy medicine in a ____________
the time!
5 You can see Shakespeare plays in a _____________
post offi office ce bank town hall hall school 1
cinema theatre superm arket pharmacy sport s centre
You can post a letter with British stamps on it in a
museum
post offi offi ce .
2 You can buy English food like baked beans in a _____________ 3 You can watch films from Englis English-speaki h-speaking ng countries in a ______
6 You can play tennis and football in a _____________
7 You can fi find nd out about British history in a _____________
READING
8 You can go to an Englis English h class iin n a _____________ 9 You can change mone y in into to Briti British sh pounds in a _____________
1A
Look at the pic picture. ture. Wh ere do you
10 You can me et the m ayor iin n a _____________
think it is? Read the article and check. B ® 4 .4 List Listen en and and cchec heck k you yourr ans answers wers.. B Read the article again and answer the
B Read the article again and answer the questions. 1 Wh o stu studie diess the there re?? 2 W ho works ther there? e? 3 W ha t bui buildin ldings gs does it hav have? e? 4 Ho w does the villa village ge help people? C Wo rk iin n pairs and discuss. Do you think the English village is is a good idea? W hy / Why not?
C ® 4.5 Look at the p place lace words in Exercise 2A and underline underline the stressed syllables. Then listen and repeat.
3
Look at the sentences in Exe rcise 2A again. Sa y which things you can do in your town/city.
^speakout When you see places in town, think to yourself in English: That’s a cinema. That’’s a spor That sports ts centre, etc. Do this to practise and revise vocabulary.
GRAMMAR can for possibility 4A
Look at the sentence and underli underline ne
VOCABULARY 6A
prepositions
Mat Match ch the preposit prepositions ions in the bo box x with pictur pictures es A -F .
the correct alternati alternative. ve.
possible/ ble/ You can go to an English class. = It’s possi impossible to go to an English class.
opposite in front of next to near
on the left of
on the righ rightt of
B Complete the sentences about the village. Use can or can’t watch films from Australia. You
change money into dollars.
C ® 4 .6 .6 Liste Listen n an and d check. check. The Then n underline the correct alternatives to complete the rules below. Rules: 1 In sent sentences, ences, ca cann is usually str stressed/ essed/ unstressed and and pronounced /kon/. 2 In sentenc sentences, es, can't is usually str essed/ unstressed and and pronounced /kaint/.
B Look at the map of one of the villa villages. ges. Can you ffind ind the bank?
shoppi ng centr centree
pharr macy pha
D ® 4.7 List Listen en and write pos positi itive ve (+), (+), negative negat ive (- ) or questi question on (?) for each sentence.
1 2
_______
3
________
4
________
5
________
______
6
E Listen a again gain and repeat the sente nces, nut page 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K PRACTICE
5A
Choose a place from the box in
Exercise 2A. Write two sentences about wha t you can/can ’t d do o there.
Post office: You can buy postcards there. You can’’t play tennis there. can B Wo rk iin n pair pairss a and nd take turns. Student A: read your sentences. Student B: guess the place.
C ® 4 .8 List Listen en a and nd write the place placess on the map map.. D Work in pair pairs. s. Student A: look at pa page ge 160. Studen t B: look at page 162.
C Choose another place. Wor k with a new partner and take turns. Student A: ask questions with Can Can you ... ?and guess the place. Student B: answer.
SPEAKING
A - Can
where it is an and d wh at you can do there.
7A
you change money there? B: No, you can’t.
Think of a favourite place in your town/city. Make notes about
B Work in groups. T Tel elll each other about the places. Which places would you like to vis it?
There’ Th ere’ss a g ood cici nema called called the Ri Rialto alto.. I t’t’ss in i n the main squar squaree opp opposi osite te the metro metro,, next to a big pi zza restaurant. I t’ t’ss g ot six screens and you ccan an also have a coffee there.
□
► FU N C T IO N | shop shoppi pin ng
VOCABULARY 1 A Work in in pairs and discuss. 1 Do you you enjoy enjoy shop shoppi ping ng?? W hy /W hy not not?? 2 Is there ther e a big shopping centre in you r town/city? D o you lik like e iit? t? W hy /W hy not? 3 W he re do you usually buy these things things in your to wn/city wn/city?? • clothes • food • books • electronic equipment equipment • mus music ic or DVD s • things things for the home • magazines/newspapers B Wo rk in pairs. Wh at different kinds of shops do you know? Make a list, il l * page 156 156 P H O T O B A N K
2A
Wh ere can you buy the things things in the
box? Complete the tab le below. jack et C swimming costu me jeans blank D V D pap erb erback ack bo ok T-shirt magazine headphones memory stick trainers dicti dictionary onary football shirt battery swea ter
FUNCTION 3A
shopping
(►) (►) 4.10 Listen to the the customers. Wh at do they want? Write the
correct item in the table. C u st o m e r
Shop
Item
I
clothes shop
jack et
2
sports shop
3
electronics shop
4
bookshop
5
Item
Pric e
nothing sweater r sweate
B ® 4 .9 Lis Listen ten and check. check. Then llis iste ten n
B Listen again again and write the correct prices next next to each ite item. m.
and repeat.
C Look at audio script 4.10 on page page 169 and complete the
C Wo rk iin n pairs. Write one other thing
sentences below.
you can buy in each eac h shop .
1 Have you you got it in
large 1
1
____________________
2 It’ It’ss to o
2
______________________
3 It’s n ot __________ enough.
3
__________________________
4 Th at’s fine. I’ll __________ it
4
__________________________
D Wo rk in in pairs and take take turns. Student
D
.
Use the words/p hrases in the box below to complet complete e sentences sentences 1-4 .
expensiv exp ensive e
A: say one of the shops. Student B: say
have
long enough
medium
four things you can buy there.
A A:: A newsag ent. B: Newspapers, magazines, urm ..., sweets and drinks.
1 It’s t o o
.
2 Th at’s fine. I’ll ____
. this one.
3 Have you got it in .
7
4 Sorry, but it isn’t _ i * pag age e 134 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K
m
LEARN TO
say
no politely in a shop
5A
Look at the three conversation extracts. Underline the phrases the customer uses to say n o politely. Extract I: Assistant: Assi stant:
Can I help you?
Cu sto me r: No, thank thanks. s. I’m just looking. looking. Extract 2: Cu sto me r: Have you got iitt in lar large ge?? Assistant: Assi stant:
Sorry, no. On ly in medium.
Cu sto me r: Mmm. No, it isn’t rig right ht.. Thanks anyway. anyway. Assistant:
No problem. problem.
Extract 3: Cus tom er: Ho w much much are the they? y? Assistant:
On e hundred hundred and twenty euros. Wou ld y you ou like like to buy them?
Cus tom er: On e hundr hundred ed and twenty twenty?? Er .. . I’m not sure. I need to think about it. Assistant:
Fin Fine. e. No problem. problem.
B © 4.11 .11 Listen and check. Then listen listen and rrepeat. epeat. 6
Wo rk in pairs and practise the shopping situation
from Exercise 4 A aga again. in. Student A: you are the shop assistant. Help your customer. Student B: you are the customer. This time you don’t buy anything so when the
4A
Look at the flow flow chart. Use the p rompts to complete the customer’s sentences. Shop Assistant
Customer Customer
Can I help you? Yes. Have you / this sweater/ size42? Size 42 in grey? Just a moment. Here you are
1 Mmm ... yes. Here you are
V Oh, it / big. Have you / it / size 40?
Whe n you say no in a shop, give a reason, and say thank thanks. I ’m just ju st loo lookiking. ng. you, e.g. e.g. No, thanks.
SPEAKING 7A
Work in pairs. Student A: look at the information on
page 162. Studen t B: you are a custom er in a sports shop. Role-play the situation. situation. Ask S tudent A questions and try to buy the things below. Whe n you buy something, write the price. • trainers • a football footbal l
V Have you / it / black?
T No, sorry. W e ’ve only got size 36 in black.
assistant helps you, say no politely.
• a football shirt • a swimming costume cost ume B Now you are a shop assistant in an electronics shop. Look at the things in the list below. Write a different price
V That / not big enough. 1/ have / the grey one.
for each. Then role-pl role-play ay the situ situation. ation. Answe r Student A’s questions. Begin the conversation:
Can I help you?
• camera ba battery ttery B Wo rk in pairs. Read you r conversation aloud.
G ood morning. morning.
€6 .9 9
• blank blank C D s
C Wo rk in in pairs and role-play a conversation in a clothes
• headphones
shop. Student A : you are the customer. customer. Decide what you wa nt to t o buy. S tu tude dent nt B: you are the sho p a ssist ss istan an t. Help your customer. Close your books and practise the conversation.
• electronic dictionary
□
FAVOURITE PLACES
DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IE IEW W
the places? W hich countries are they in?
Exercise 2. Which place iiss number one?
B Matc Match h the phras phrases es 1- 5 wit with h phot photos os A -E .
B Watch again and underline the wor ds you hear in
1 It’ It’ss a romanti romanticc city with a lot of art g galle allerie ries. s. C
the sentences.
2 Th ere are beaut beautiful iful views of mountains a and nd beaches.
1 ‘It’ ‘It’ss got got lots of clu clubs, bs, bars, shop shops, s, food. Everyth Everything ing you need/want, really.’
1 A Work iin n pa pair irs. s. Look at p phot hotos os A -E . Where a are re
3 You can visit hundreds of temples and the shopping and the nightlife are great. 4 Th e colours are ama amazing zing.. It’ It’ss awesom e! 5 It’s a fantastic p place lace to watch anim animals. als. You can see zebras, elephants, antelope, hippos and lions.
2
Work in pairs. Read the programme information
and answer the questions. 1 How man many y pla place cess does th this is pro program gramme me look a at? t? 2 Wh ich place do you think is number one?
3A
Watch the DV D and check your answers to
2 ‘Huge open/big spaces, fantastic animals, just wide open freedom, warmth, friendliness and all underneath the great African sk sky/ y/sun. sun.’’ 3 T o me, Pari Pariss is is eleg elegant, ant, romantic and expensive/
exciting.’
4 ‘Friendly people, loads of beaches, and the food iiss unbelievably good/cheap.’ g ood/cheap.’ 5 ‘I rememb rem ember er ac actually tually sitt sitting ing ther there e .. . and I just
looked.’
cried/
C Wo rk in pairs and di discuss. scuss. Which places iin n the
EHDH 50 Places To See Before You Die here are so many places in the world to see, but if you want to visit fifty in your life, which do you
T
world would yo u both like to visit? Make a list of five places.
choose? In this BBC programme, we look at five places: Bangkok, Cape Town, the Grand Canyon, the Masai Mara and Paris. Watch the programme and find out which is the number one place to see!
44
B B C
speakout a favourite place
writeback a description
4A
5A
Choo se a favourite place: a place in the the
Read the description below and put the topics of
countryside, a tow n, a building or a room. The place
the paragraphs in the correct order.
can be famous or not. Look at the questions below
a) W hy do you like like it? ________
and make notes abou t it:
b) W ha t’s the name of the place and wh ere is it? ________
• Where is it?
c) Ho w often do you go there and what do you do there? ________
• Ho w often do you go there? • W hat do you do there? • W hy do you like it it??
traveller
B ® 4.1 4.12 2 Listen to a man man talk about his favourite favourite place and answer the questions above. C
Listen again again and tick the key phrases you hear, hear,
keyphrases One of my favourite places is ... I go ther there e every [day/year/su mmer/w eekend]. .. When I’m there, I usually ... I llike ike it it because it’s it’s ... It’s a great place to ...
D Wo rk in in groups and take turns. Tell Tell each each other about your place. Use the key phrases to help. Which
Posting 1
My favourite place is my aunt’s flat. She I live livess in the ce ntre of the city, and she doesn ’t work so she ’s always at home. I visit her once every month or two. She cooks lunch for me, and we chat about her life and my life. After lunch I usually sleep on her sofa for an hour, or we watch TV together. I sometimes take my work with me and sit in her living room and do it, or read a book. I like it because when I’m there I rememb er my childhood. The re’ re’ss always a nice smell of her cooking. I always feel good there.
places would you like like to visit? B Write a description description of your favourite place. Use three paragraphs. paragraphs. Write about 100 w ords.
4.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK FURNITURE AND ROOMS
CAN FOR FOR POSSIBILITY
1 A Add the vowels to the furniture furniture words.
4A
1 rmchr 2 bd
3 cpb cpbrd rd 4 shivs
5 sf
7 Imp Imp
6 wrd wrdrb rb
8 dsk
B Think of a ro room om in your flat/house . Write three objects tthat hat are in iit. t.
I’ve got a TV, two armchairs and a sofa. C Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Student A: read out the objects. Studen t B:
Put the words in the correct order. 1 bu buy y / batte battery ry / ca can n / for / Whe re / ca camer mera? a? / a / my / I 2 I / Whe re / smok smoke? e? / can 3 I / can / ‘beautiful’ / in / H How ow / Italian?? / say Italian
guess the room.
4 they / match match?? / foo footbal tballl / can / Whe re / watch / the
PLACES IN TOWNS
5 Can / the / come / frien friend d / my / to / lesson?
2
Wr ite the places in the word puzzle and fin find d the secret message.
(Hint: What have you got after you shop all day?)
6 cent centre? re? / can / the / W hat / do / in / sports / we
1 send emails emails at a an n
B
2 buy a football at a
above.
3 buy medicine at a 4 get some fruit fruit at a 5 get a haircut at a 6 buy some bread at a 7 shop for food at a 8 get a paperback at a 9 buy an MP MP3 3 player at an 10 buy a shirt at a
Write answers to the questio questions ns
I A t an electroni electronics cs shop shop.. C Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Student A: sa y the answer to one of the questions above. Student B: ask the question.
A: A : On the balcony. B: W here ccan an I ssmoke? moke? SHOPPING
11 clean a ssuit uit a att a
AND D PREPOSI PREPOSITIONS TIONS THERE IS/THERE IS/THERE ARE AN 3A
1 Have yo you u got this shoes in size 3 36? 6? 2 Th They ey aren’t enoug enough h b big ig..
Read the sentence s. Dra w the things iin n the picture.
The re’s a newspaper on the chair and a shelf under the wind window. ow. Th er e’s a flower on the shelf. There are two men on the left of the window.
3 Have you got in them size 34? 4 Ho w much much they are? are? 5 Th at’s too very exp expensive. ensive. 6 I take them. 7 No, they’re they ’re al alll rig right ht.. Thanks anyway. 8 I’m not sure. I need think about it. B
Work in pairs. Choose four of the sentences above and write a conversation in a shop.
C Work in pairs pairs.. Rol Role-play e-play your conversation.
B I D S VIDEO PODCAST a woman
a bottle of wat er
a sandwich
| . j I ^ I ■ ■ I t 1
keys
yes es// n o questions about C Work in pairs and take turns. As k and and answer y yo ur pic picture ture s. A A:: Is there a sandw sandwii ch on th thee table iinn your pi pictur cture? e? B: No, there isn’t. It’s on the shelf.
Do wnlo wnload ad the p od od c a ass t a n nd d v iie ew p e o p le d e sc r ib in g t h ei ei r h o m es es .
Authentic www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UN I T 5 SPEAKING 1 Talk about your you r eating eating and and drinking habits 1 Or de r a me meal al in in a restaurant 1 Descib e a speci special al dish dish
LISTENING 1 Listen Listen to people talk about food 1 Learn to to unders understand tand fast speach
UNIT
1 Wat ch an extract from a cookery programme about a famous chef
READING 1 Read about eatin eating g and drinking habits
WRITING 1 Use paragraphs paragraphs to write a short report about your class 1 Write a recipe
BBC CONTENT § Video p podc odcas ast: t: W hat ’s yourr favourite dish you dish??
O DVD: Rick Stein’s Seafood Odyssey
food
0 0 ®
► MyFridge.com
► A lifetime in num bers
► Are you ready to order?
► A Ch ef In Goa
5.1 MYFRIDGE.COM ► G R A M M A R | nouns nouns wit with h
VOCABULARY
alan.some.any
I ► V O C A B U LA R Y | fo foo od/ d/dr drin ink k
I ► H O W T O | ta talk lk abo bout ut food/ d/d dri rink nk
|food/drink
1 Look at the fridg fridges es A -C and discuss. 1 Wh ich fridg fridge e belon belongs gs to: a) a student b) a vegetarian c) a family family?? 2 Is your fridg fridge e at home similar to ffridge ridge A, BorC?
2A
Look at the word s in the box box.. Which
fridge are the things in? Write fridge (A ), (B) or (C) next to each item. eggs A milk a banana an apple cola carrots chicke chicken n butter wat er a cucum ber sardines brea bread d wine yoghurt chee se grapes fruit juice a hot leftovers dog
B
Write the words from the box in the correct word web bel below. ow.
chicken meat
fruit
vegetables T T
BS SS M W W Ui 111 11111
C Work in pair pairss an and d ttake ake tturns. urns. Look at the fridges. Student A : say a typ e of ffood ood or drink. Studen t B: sa y which fridge it’ it’ss in.
A A:: g rapes ra pes B: fridge C ill* page 157 PHOTOBANK
5.1 GRAMMAR
countable and uncountable nouns
3A
Write the words from Exercise 2A in the correct column below. Which word is always plural plural?? W o rd s you can count Co un ta b le ssiingular
a banana
PRACTICE
som m e Complete the text with a/an, so and any. 7A
W ords you can’t count C o un ta bl e p pllural eggs
Uncountable
milk
C
‘o H i e v e r y o n e ! I’m M a r i a l l i n s a n d t h i s is m y f r i d g e .
Son Some
B ® 5. 5.1 1 Listen and check. Then liste listen n and rrepeat, epeat,
lint page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE 4A
Underline the correct alternative.
1
Ilove cheese/cheeses.
fruit/fruits. uits. 4 I don don’t ’t like fruit/fr
2
dog /hot do dogs. gs. Ireally like hot dog/hot
5 I really don don’t ’t like milk/milks.
3
Iquit quite e like egg/eggs.
6
B
Change tthe he ffood/drink ood/drink words to ma make ke the sentenc sentences es above true ffor or
I hate
vegetable/vegetables.
you . Th en wo rk in p airs and com par e yo ur an sw ers .
friends are coming for dinner and so my fridge is really full. I've got 2 prawns and fresh fish to cook on the grill and 3________ corn on the cob. There’s 4________ bottle of mineral water, but I haven’t got 5 alcohol - my frien friends ds don’t drink. I've got them 6________ fruit fruit juice instead. The re’s 7________ lettuce to make a salad and tomatoes. 8 I haven’t got 9 onions for the salad - I don ’t like raw onions. I’ I’ve ve g o tIO cucum ber ... oh, no I haven’t. Where’s that cucumber ... ?
Wh en you write a noun in your noteboo notebook, k, write (C) for cou countable ntable or (U) steak ak ((QQ . W rite five new words from the for uncountable next to it, e.g. a ste photo bank on pag page e 157 in you yourr notebook. Wr Write ite (C ) o r (U) next to th them. em. B Think about wh at’s in your fridge.
LISTENING 5A
Write tw o types of fruit, two vegetables
(£) 5.2 Listen and match each person with fridge A, B or C.
and two drinks that are in the fridge. C Work in pai pairs rs and ttake ake turns. As k you yourr partner questions and guess w hat’s in your partner’s fridge fridge..
H ave you got any m milk? ilk? B: Yes, Yes, I have! A re there any apples in your fri fr i dg dge? e? A A:: N o, ther theree ar en’t en’t.. H ave you ggot ot any oranges? A:
I
Luis
_____________
2A m y ______
3 Mike
B Listen aga again. in. W hat is each person surprised about?
GRAMMAR 6A
nouns with
a/an, some, any
® 5.3 Liste Listen n and and und underli erline ne the correct alternat alternatives ives in the
SPEAKING 8A
Compl Complete ete sent sentences ences 1- 6 about you. you.
1 For br breakf eakfast ast,, I sometimes h have ave ... 2 For lun lunch, ch, I never have ...
sentences below.
3 In the evening, I usually drink .. .
I’ve got a/some cheese and a/some cucumb er and a/some carrots. Of course, I haven’t got some/any meat. meat. B Complete the table with
4 My favourite vegetable is ... 5 My favouri favourite te fruit is ...
a/an, some and any.
Countable singular
6 I really hate (a type of foo d/ drink dr ink ).. .
Coun Counta tabl ble e plu lura rall
Un Unco coun unta tabl ble e
W e ’ve got
apple
eggs
butter
W e haven’t got
banana
oranges
ch e e s e
lint page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
B Work in groups. As k and answer questions. Find out if any students have got similar eating habits to you.
A A:: W hat do you usually have for br eakf ast? B: E r .. . I oofte ftenn hhave ave muse museli. li. C: D o you? I usually usually have ...... □
1A
Hew much food does an average person eat
Look at pictu picture ress A -K . What iite tems ms
in a lifetime? And how much do they drink? The answer is A LOTH!
can you see?
2
Do you you eat eat meat meat?? Well Well,, an av aver erag age e me mea at-ea t-eate terr eats1
shee sheep p in
their lifetime and 2 chickens. Does that sound quite a lot?The lot? The good news is that he or she only eats 3 cows. IIff you'r you're e a vegetarian, maybe you like beans? W Well, ell, on average, British and American people eat cans of baked beans in their life. And why is weight a problem for so many people? How many cookies does the average American eat?The answer is an amazing . And choco late? Over 6 bars! And how much water or tea do people drink in their lifetime? It's interesting that a person drinks about 7 litres of water and people in the UK drink about 8 surprisin g that people use • about in their lifetime!
cup s of tea Maybe ^ ro|| ro||ss of toilet paper a yearl Th at's
B Mat Match ch pictures pictures A - K to the words in the box below. ba ag cup bar A bottle b mug g packet jar tube mu
can/tin carton roll
C Wo rk iin n pair pairss a and nd take turns. Student A: point to one of the items above and say what it is. Student B: says the container.
A A:: A. I t’t’ss chocolate. B: a bar of cho choco colate late
READING 2A
Work in pairs. How do you say the
numbers in the box below? 4Vi 2 1 61 845 1,200 4,300 10, 0,0 000 35,0 35,000 00 6 60, 0,00 000 0 75,000
GRAMMAR how much/many, quantifiers 4A 1 2 B
Complete the sentences below. U se the article above to help.
______________
food does an average person eat in a lifetime?
______________
cookies does the avera average ge American ea eat? t?
Look at the sentences a above. bove. Underline the correct alternati alternatives ves tto o
complete the rules. Rules:
B
® 5.4 Listen and check. Then listen listen
how much with countable/uncountable nouns. with countable/uncountable nouns. 2 Use how many with 1 U se
again and and repeat.
3A
Read the article. Complete it with
numbers from from Exercise 2A.
C
Ma Match tch the words below with pictures A -D .
B ® 5.5 Work in pairs pairs and and ccompar ompare e your answers. T hen listen and check.
not many
a lot/ lots
none
quite a lot
C Wo rk iin n pairs and discuss the questi questions. ons. 1 Wh ich food in the artic article le do you eat a lot? lot? Which do you never eat? 2 W ha t other ffood ood and drink do yo you u eat or drink a lot? mi mi** page 136 LA N G U A G EB A N K
5.2 PRACTICE 5A
WRITING
Complete the questions.
1 How
many
7A
times does a six-yearsix-year-old old child laug laugh h eve ry d day? ay?
paragraphs
Look again at the article on page 50 .
2 How.
milk does a person drink in their llifet ifetime ime??
Match topics a)-d ) below wit Match with h paragraphs paragraphs 1-4.
3 How.
shampoo do people use in their life lifetim time? e?
a) drinks
4 How.
wor words ds does a woman say in a day day??
b) introduction
5 How
times does a pers person on lau laugh gh every eve ry day?
c) sweet food food
6 How.
friends doe doess a pers person on make in their the ir lifetim lifetime? e?
d) meat-eaters and vegetarians
7 How.
toothpaste does a person use in their llifet ifetime ime??
B
8 How _________ words does a man say in a day?
the correct alternatives.
B Wor k in pairs. Student A: turn to page 161 and find find the answe rs to questions 1-4. Student B: turn to page 162 and find the answers to questio ques tions ns 5 -8 . C Wor k in p pairs airs a and nd take turns. Student A: ask one of your questions questions and say both possible answers. Student B: listen and choose the correct answer.
A : H ow many times ti mes does a sixsi x-yearyear-old old child laug laughh ever everyy day day?? a) about three hundred times or b) about a hundred times? B:
Read the sentences below. Underline
I ’m not sure. I think a hundr ed times!
A paragraph is a group of words/sentences about one/two main topic(s) or idea(s). It can be short or long. When you finish the topic, sentence/parag e/paragraph. raph. start a new sentenc C
Read the text below. How many
paragraphs can you make? D raw a line between each one.
Healthy living
H
OW HEALTHY HEALTHY ARE W E?
SPEAKING
Do We
have a healthy lifestyle and a
6A
Work in groups. Ask and answer questions using the prompts below to complete the the table. Us e a lot/lots, qu ite a lo lot,t, no nott muc much/many, h/many, none and and one extra piece of informati information on in your a nswer s. In a week
You
Stu dent 1
Student 2
biscuits / eat?
Quite a lot. 5-10.
N ot man many. y. 1-2.
A
lot! lot! 1love them!
Student 3
good diet?The answer is some
people do! How much exercise do we do? It’s interesting interesti ng to find o ut that many people do sport o r other exercis exercise e two or three ti times mes a week So, maybe it isn’t
fruit / eat?
surprisi surpr ising ng that we drink on average 2.5 litres of wa ter a day! day! How about
vegetables / eat?
our diet? Do we like like sw eet food?
water / drink?
We ll, lot lotss o f people people love biscuits, but only two of us never eat them, It’s not so good that all
coffee / drink?
of us like chocolate. Maybe we’re not so
we think! think!
exercise / do?
A A: many biaybe scui scuits tsone do you eat week, eek, Juli Julio? o? B:: HN ow ot m man any. y. M Maybe or tw two o. iinn a w A : H ow about you, Yumi Yumi?? C: A lot! I love biscuits! B
D
Write a report about your group. Use
yo ur note s from Exer Ex ercis cis e 6 A to help. Wr ite three or four paragraphs.
Discuss. Which students have a good diet/healthy lifestyle?
I think Julio has a good diet because he eats a lot of vegetables.
□
5.3 ARE YOU YOU READY TO ORDER? ORDER? I ► F U N C T IO N | ord orderi ering ng in a rest restaur aurant ant I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | re rest staur auran antt word wordss ► LE A R N T O | unde unders rsta tand nd fa fast st sp speec eech h ^
VOCABULARY
restaurant words
1 A Wo rk iin n pairs and di discuss. scuss. Where do you g go o whe when n you wa nt to : 1 have a drink drink wit with h a frien friend d in the after afternoon? noon? 2 eat something fast before you go to the cinema? 3 have an evening meal in a good res restaurant? taurant?
There’ss a ve There’ very ry good ca cafe fe in .... . call called ed .. . B
Work with another pair and compare your ideas.
2
Match each word to its meaning.
1 men menu u
a) you pay this at the end
2 chef
b) he/ she brin brings gs the food
3 dish
c) food cooke cooked d in a special way
4
d) a list of food with prices
bi bill ll
5 orde r
e) he/she cooks
6 tip
f) ask for food
7 waiter/w aitress
g) extra money for service
FUNCTION 3A
ordering in a restaurant
Look at the the phrases a) -j) . W here do you usuall usually y
hear them? Write restaurant (R) or fast food restaurant (FF). a) W ould you like something to drink drink?? R b) Small, medium or lar^ge? c) Ca Can n we have the b bill ill,, please please??
5A
Complete the conversation with words in the box.
d) Are you ready to order? e) Is that eat in or takeaway?
ttke
can
f) Thanks. Have a nic nice e day! day!
for
any
’d
could
like
g) Tonight’s special is ...
A: Good evening. Would youjsomething to drink?
h) Afternoon. What can I get you? i) Large fries with that?
B: Yes, we have two colas and some water, please?
j) Go od evenin evening. g. A table for two?
A: Fin Fine. e. Are you ready to order?
k) Anything else?
B: Yes. Ye s. W e like the fish and the chicken. chicken.
B
© 5.6 Listen and tick the phrase phrasess you hea hear. r.
A: Would you like vegetables?
C
Number the ticked phrases in order. Then listen ag again ain
B: Yes, please.
and check.
A: W e ’ve got carrots carrots,, peas an and d beans beans..
4A
© 5 .7 Listen and ccomplet omplete e the the senten sentences ces bel below. ow.
1 C o u l d ____________________ an
orange
___________
B: I have some carro carrots ts and som some e peas?
?
C: The same me, please.
2 Can ___________________ a __________ of mineral__________ ? 3
__________
B
like some _________ , please.
Work in pairs and practise the conversation.
6A
4 T h e _________ fo r _________ , please.
© 5.8 Listen to the the customers in a resta restaurant. urant. Are
they polite or impolite?
B Listen again and check your answers. What do the customers order?
B
ill* page 136 LANGUAGEBANK
sentences from Exercise 5A. Be polite or impolite.
Wo rk in pair pairss and take turns. Student A: say customer
Student B: say if Student A is polite or impolite.
m
B Wo rk iin n pairs and rrole-play ole-play the situation. Student A: you are the customer. Look at menu A on this page and order yo your ur foo d. A sk the wa ite r ab ou outt an y d dish ish you don don’t ’t kn know. ow. Student B: you are the waiter. Look at page 162. Answer the customer’s questions. Take his/her order. B: A r e
you ready r eady to order? or der? A A:: Can I ask a sk about Today’ Today ’s Specials? Specia ls? W ha hat’t’ss the Garden Gar den delig delig ht? C Change rol roles. es. St Student udent B: y you ou are the customer. Look at menu B on this page. Student A: you are the waiter. Look at page 161.
LEARN TO 8A
understand fast speech
© 5.9 Lis Listen ten to the con convers versati ation on in
a fast food restaurant. What does the man order? Circle the correct answer.
SPEAKING 7A
Look at the menus and discuss. Which dishes would you like to try?
What food do you think is in today’s special dishes?
STARTER
Onion soup Melon MAIN COURSE
Roast lamb Thai chicken with rice i of the day with chips or new potatoes
B Listen a again. gain. Tick the phrases you hear Tomato soup Italian style grilled vegetables M A M I 'O M I M K
Cheese, tomato and
in Exercise 3A.
^
speakout ^
When one word finishes with a consonant and the next word starts with a vowel, the
mushroom pizza
rved with seasonal vegetables t o d a y ’s
s pe c i a l s
Ch ef’ ef ’s Sunday special Garden delight Summer mix DESSERT
two words join and sound like one word, e.g. g good ood^eve ^evening ning,, how much^is^i much^i s^i t.
Cheese, tomato, mushroom, olive and ham pizza Pasta of the day
C
Served with with a side salad
underline the key stressed words in the fast food phrases in Exercise 3A. Draw lines to show the link linking. ing.
T O D A X ’ aM l I C C
Apple pie with ice cream or cream Chocolate cake Fresh fruit
Look at the example bel below. ow. Then
Spring special
A Aftftern ernoon. oon. W hat c a n j g et you?
Fisherman’s platter Roman holiday
D ® 5.10 Listen and check. Then lis listen ten and repeat. E Wo rk iin n pairs. Choose one llong ong sentence from audio script 5.6 on page 170. Try to finish finish the sen tence faste r than yo ur partn partner. er.
A CHEF IN GOA DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IE IEW W
1 A Work iin n pairs and discuss. 1 Do you li like ke co cook okin ing? g?
2A
a market / fruit oil a boat meat spices fish vegetables
2 W ha t’s t’s you yourr favourite dish dish?? 3 D o you like eating outside? Why/Wh y not not?? B Look at the photo and read the text. Then answer the questions.
Watch the DVD. Tick sseven even thi things ngs you see iin n the bo box x below below.. the sea a pan a cat a washing-up washing-up bowl
B Watch the DVD again and compl complete ete the sentences below with words in the box.
1 Wh o is Rick Rick St Stei ein? n? cheap
2 W ha t type type of food does he llik ike? e? 3 Wh ich place does he visit iin n the programme!
vegetables
spices
food
eight
This is Goa - a place I’ I’ve ve known and loved for the best part of 1_________________ yea years.To rs.To buy_2_________________ here is *a real joy. The variet variety y of seafood,3_________________ , 4__________________is quite ^staggering and ^incredibly 5_________________ . * a real joy - something that makes you very happy happy ‘ stagge staggeri ring ng-v e ry surp surprising rising | * incredibly - very vvery ery
C
Ma Match tch the verbs with picture picturess A - E . stir C
Rick Stein’s Seafood Odyssey
R
ick Stein is an English ch ef who loves loves seafood. seafood. H e travels around the world to find new dishes. He also meets and
thro w in
squeeze
drop
turn over
D Look at Rick Stein’s instructions for cooking below. Number them in the co rrect order. a) Put some flou flourr into a washing up bowl. I b) Co ok fo r about three o r four minu minutes tes.. c) Stir the fis fish h around in some oil.
talks to the people who cook them. In this BBC p rogramme, he visits Goa on the West coast of India. buys some local fish at the market and oks a simple dish on the beach.
d) Put in some fish. e) Squeeze some lim lime e over the fis fish. h. f) Dro p the ffish ish in the pan pan.. g) Add salt sa lt and spices. h) Turn the fish over. E Watch the DVD a agai gain n and check your answers.
B B C
speakout a special dish
writeback a recipe
3A
5A
Work in pairs. Two other students are coming for dinner. Choose your ingredients from the list below:
Read the stud ent’s recipe. Would you like to try it?
• one kind of meat or fish • two/ three kinds of vegetables • rice, pa pasta, sta, noodles or potatoes • thre e egg eggss • oil, salt, pepper, soy sauce , spices or herbs B Work in pairs and discuss. W hat can you you make with your ingredients? Give your special dish a name.
4A
® 5.1 .11 1 Listen Listen to the students describe describe their dish. dish.
I ta li a n s p e c ia l s e l v e s f o m k Itujreriieftte: tujer prawns, a can of Italian tomatoes, a Cage onion, a red pepper, two celertj sticks and some fre.sk pasta. 0 fiandfu.1 of kerbs, some black, pepper and some olive oil.
What ingredients are in their dish? B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
keyphrases The name of [this/our] dish is ... It’s [very easy/quite difficult] to make. You need some prawns, some eggs ... It’s [delicious/not too hot]. You’ll love it! C
Prepare to to tell tell your class about your dish. Use the the
key phrases to help. D Tell Tell your class about your dish. Listen to the other
First, cut tke vegetables into small pieces. Tken beat tke oil in a wok or a fnjin^ pan. K)exst drop in tke vegetables and fig tkern fo forr about two t wo minutes. Odd tke, prawns, tomatoes, pepper and kerbs. Cook for about two minutes, ffeat some water in a pan and tken add tke past p asta. a. Coo ookk for for tkree minutes, finally, take tke pasta out of tke water wate r and m )c i)c witk tke sauce. Serve it immed immediate iately ly witk som some salad. salad . It takes take s about twenty twenty minutes to make andgou'lt love it!
groups. Which dish would you like to try?
B Look at the linkers linkers underlined. Which ones can change places? C Write the recipe recipe for your special dish ffrom rom Exercise 4D. Remember to use linkers.
5.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK FOOD
CONTAINERS
IN A RESTAURANT
1A
3A
5A
Read the clues below and
complete the food words. 1 It’ It’ss green, it’s a fr fruit uit and it starts apple with ‘a’,
2
Find twelve words for
menu for a new restaurant. Write a description of dishes 1-3 . description
containers.
It’s a drink and it starts with ‘m’.
S'-
i f
3 It’s a vegetable and it starts with ‘cu’. ________
r*
C CT
£ 3
4 It’s a fruit, it’s yellow yel low and it starts with ‘b’. ________
a> 3
U
5 It’ It’ss sweet and it starts with ‘i’.
"■'l
6 It’s white white,, it’s got fou fourr lette letters rs and it starts with ‘r’. ________
/
B Write four more sentences to
B Wo rk iin n pair pairss and take turns. Student A : start the phrase with a
test your partner.
container. Student B: complete tthe he
I t’ t’ss a drink and it starts with . .. C
Work in pairs and take turns.
Student A: read out your sentences.
Work in pairs. Look at the
phrase with the correct item.
A A:: A cup o f .. . 8: A cup o f cof coffee fee
M ENU King’s delight:
2 Winter warmer:
3 Light 5 tasty:
Student B: say the name of the food.
NOUNS WITH A A/A /AN N, SOME, ME, ANY
HOW MUCH/MANY MUCH/MANY
4A
1 How / water / drink drink every every day day??
2A
Look again at the three fridges on page page 48 . Com plete the sentences below so that they are
be and a/an, some or any. Th he e rre e isn’t any milk milk in Mike’s
true. Use 1
fridge. 2 3 4 5
There ________ carrots in Amy’s fridge. There ________ eggs in Luis’s fridge. There ________ beer in Luis’s or Mike’s fridge. There ________ cucumber in Amy’s
Write th e questions in full.
H ow much water do yo youu drink every day? 2
How / choco chocolate late / eat / every week?
3 How / brothers / have got? got? 4 How / people / be / there iin n your family? 5 How / sugar / have / in your coffee? 6 How / cola / drink / every week?
7 How / rooms / be / there in your flat/house? flat/ house?
B Wor k in groups and role-play the restaurant situation. One
fridge. 6 There ________ water in Amy’s fridge.
B Write four questio questions ns about the things in the fridges.
Is there any chicken in Mike’s fr i dg dge? e?
________________________________
8 How / salt / lik like e / in your ffood ood??
student: you a re the waiter. Tell the group the names of the dishes. The
B Answ er the questions in
other students: ask about the dishes
Exercise 4A with numbers or phrase phrases. s.
and order some food. evening. A re you A: Good evening.
4 glasses, 2 bars, 3 ... C
Wo rk in groups. Try to guess the question for each num ber or phrase. A: Eight
H ow many rooms are the there re in your flat? fl at? A A:: Yes! 6:
C
Work in pairs. Ask and answer
questions.
order? B: Nearly. Can I ask ...
ready ttoo
PODCAST B B S VIDEO Download the
□ ©
podcast and view people describing food and what dishes they like/dislike.
Authentic www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UN IT 6 SPEAKING 1 Describe your fav favouri ourite te childhood things 1 Talk a about bout past past events events 1 Interview a spec special ial person
LISTENING > He ar a about bout famous people’s favourite things > Learn to keep a conversation going
UNIT M mk
m .
1 Wat ch an extract from a documentary about a famous famous dancer dan cer
READING 1 Read about ‘time ‘time twins’
WRITING 1 Link sentences with because and so 1 Wr ite your lif life e story 1 Wr ite a pro profil file e about a special person
BBC CONTENT
@
Video podcast: Did you go out last night?
© D V D : The Cu Cult ltur ure e S Sho how w
6 . 1I FAVOUR FAVOURITE ITE THING THINGS S ► G R A M M A R | was/were
► V O C A B U L A R Y | da date tess and and time time phr phras ases es
SPEAKING 1 A Work in pairs and discuss. W hat do you know kno w ab out th the e fam ous peo ple in phot photos os A -F ?
Shi zukaa AArak Shizuk rak awa is a Ja Japan panese ese fif i g ure skater. sk ater. She is i s also an Oly Olympi mpicc gold medalist. medali st. B Match Match the famous people people (A -F ) with their favourite childhood things. Use your dictionary to help with new w ords. 1 Karate an and d radio-controlled radio-controlled cars C 2 Ballet Ballet an and d swim min g ____ 3 Football and the film
Gladiator
____ ____
4 Th e piano piano and Harriso n Ford 5 Writing Writi ng poems and dancing dancing
____
____
6 John Clees e and and Charlie Chaplin Chaplin
____
C ® 6.1 Listen Listen and check your answers.
GRAMMAR waslwere 2A
Find and and underline underline the verbs in in the
sentences below. Are the verbs in the present or the past? 1 His favour favourite ite sport was footb footbal all. l. 2 His favourite favourite actors wer e John John Clees e and and Charlie Chaplin. Chaplin. B Complete the past table below. below. Present Shakira
is
Colombian,
Her CDs
are
very popular.
Past She
born in 1977.
He r favourite favourite activities
writing poems and dancing.
► H O W T O | ta talk lk ab abou outt the pa past st
C Look at the sentence sentence below and complete the rule. Skating wasn’t her favourite sport. Rule: make the negative with . +
was/were
D Make the sentence below into into a question. He was a quiet boy.
?
ill#-pa ill#-p age 138 LA N G U A G EB A N K
F Rowan Atkinson gn gn
6 . 1
PRACTICE 3A
VOCABULARY
© 6.2 Listen Listen to the sentences sentences.. Are
they in the past or present? Write past (P) or now (N). 1 2
___
3
5
7 __
4
6
8__
6A
dates and time phrases
© 6 .4 Liste Listen n a and nd u unde nderl rlin ine e the year yearss yo you u h hea ear. r.
1 19 99 99 9// 1 19 990
3
1987/1997
2 2010/2003
4 2000/2002
5
1941/1951
6 1872/1972
B Wor k in pai pairs rs an and d take turns. Student A: say one of the years above. Student B: point to the year.
B © 6.3 List Listen en and write the fou fourr C Take turns to say the months of the yea year. r.
sentences you hear. 1
_________________________________________________
2
__________________________________________
3
_________________________________________________
4
_______________ ________ _______________ _______________ ____________ _____
C
Listen a again gain and underl underline ine the stress in
A A:: Januar Janu ary y B: February 7A
two extra dates. a
s u n n s
2
3
each sentence. D Circle the weak forms of
Match Mat ch tthe he dates A -H with the sspecial pecial occasions belo below. w. There are
wa wass /waz/ and
were /wa/ in the sentences. Then practis practise e
F MfrHihH;!
saying the sentences.
4A
7
Write the questions with prompts 1-6.
1 you / born b befor efore e 1995 995??
Were you born before 1995?
2 you / born in July? July? 3 you / a ver y quiet chil child? d? 4 you / afr afraid aid of the dark when you wer e a child? 5 you r first E Englis nglish h tea teache che r / a m man? an?
25
1
31 G S M
H IdTLlim i
B
4
14
1 Ch Chri rist stma mass Day Day ____ 4 Halloween _____ 2
New Year Year’’s D a y
5 World Heal Health th D a y _____
3
Vale Valentin ntine’ e’ss D a y
6 IIndependence ndependence Da y (U SA)
_____
B © 6 .5 Liste Listen n an and d chec check k your answe answers. rs. C
Listen again. Write how yo you u say tthese hese dates dates..
25 th
6 you r parents / childhood friends?
7 your gra grandfathe ndfatherr / born iin n another country?
December or Decem ber
25 5tt h h..
______ ____ __ 11st. st.
the 1st ofjanu ary or Janu ary
8 your grandmother / a docto r or a nurse nurse??
B
Work in groups. Ask and answ er the
questions above. A: Were you
bornn bef bor before ore 199 5 ? B: Yes, Yes, I wa was.s. I was bborn orn in 1985.
D Write the numbers. Is t fi rst rs t 2nd _____________________ 3r d ____________________ 8
SPEAKING
4th 5th
2 1 st . 2 2 nd.
12 th
30th
Wo rk in pairs. Student A: go to page 165. Student B: g go o to to page 160.
9A
Complete the time phrases below with the words in the bo box. x.
5A
Wh at were your favourit favourite e childh childhood ood yesterday yest erday
things? Think of examples for each of the categories below:
yesterda yest erday y
1
• music/band • activity/sport • T V programme/film • food/drink
on
in
ago
last
mornin morning, g, afternoon, evening
2
______________________
night, night, Frida Friday, y, wee weekend kend , wee k, month, yea yearr
3
______________________
Saturday, Sunday, 12th June
4
______________________
July, 1997,2009
5 a week, ten d days, ays, ten minutes ______________________ • person/people B Choose five of the time phrases and write past ssentences. entences. Make them
B Work in pairs and co compare mpare your iideas. deas.
true for you.
A : W ho was yyour our favouri f avourite te person person?? B: M y favou favouririte te pperson erson was my unc uncle le Luciano. Luc iano. H e was r eally eally fun funny. ny.
I was at home last night. C Wo rk in pai pairs rs a and nd take turns. Student A: say one of your past event events, s, but don’t don’t say when it was. Student B: guess the time phrase.
A A:: I w was as wi th som somee frfrii ends. ends. B: On Saturday? A A:: Yes. Th That’ at’ss riright! ght!
6.2 TIMETWINS ► GRAMMAR |p pa ast simple
|
V O C A B U L A R Y | c omm on ver bs | ► H O W T O | ta t a lk about y o u r life
READING 1 A Look at the photos and discuss. discuss. Where do you think the women are from? Wh y are they ti time me twins? B Read about their lives. Then put the paragraphs in the correct order. C ® 6.6 Lis Listen ten and check your answers. answers. D
Find two things things that are the same and two things things that
are different between Lia and Carol.
They were bom on the same day.
GRAMMAR
past simple
2 A Read the life life stories again again and and circle circle the the past form of the following regular verbs: like, move, want, start, live, Lia was born in Yugoslavia on the 14th of July 19 3 1.
work, visit, stop. B Look at the verbs above and and complete the rule. rule. Rule: Make the past simple of regular verbs by adding or to the verb. verb. C ® 6.7 Listen Listen to the pronunc pronunciat iation ion of the regul regular ar verbs
She had sugar for lunch and dinner every day for three years.
She got married at twenty-five. She didn’t didn’t have have any children, but children always liked her.
below and write them in the correct place in the table. finished
loved
i t / fi ni nished shed
hated
/d/
travelled
practised
/id/
decided
D Write the past form of the irregular verbs below. Use
In 1969, she mo ved to L ake Balaton in Hun gary and made a lot of money selling ice cream with her sister. She bought a house with the money, and now she rents rooms there. She wanted t o go to univers university, ity, but there wa s no money, money, so she started working in a sugar sugar factory at seventeen.
the life stories to help. I
have
had
get (married). make _________ bu y ___________
She lived in a small village and went to school when she w as seven. In In 1944, he r family family moved from Yugoslavia to Hungary because of the war.
PRACTICE
g o ____________
3A
meet _________
Complete the sentences sentences with the past form of the
verb in brackets. E Complete the sentences with with the negative negative form. Then complete the rule. 1 L ia .
2
Carol
. any children,
lived
_ in the city and and always to wo rk (live/wa (live/walk) lk) C
Th e family _
her children.
Rule Rule:: Ma Make the the ne negative ive by by addi addin ng.
I She
be befo fore re the the verb verb..
II# page 138 LA N G U A G EB A N K
i i 1 spe ak oi TI P The Longman WordWise Dictionary shows the past tense of begigi n (began). In your notebook, always write a verb, e.g. be (R EG) for a regular verb or the past form for an irregula irregularr verb. Do this now with find, fi nd, finish, win and die.
_____________
five days to get there, (travel)
Every day after work, she _________________ for the five children, (cook) T h e y ___________ her because she them, (love/listen)
to
T h e y _______________ _ their th eir shop in 1969. 1969. (open) Sh e ________________ being on the radio, (enjoy) sixty-six. x. (stop) Sh e ________________ wo rk when she was sixty-si 8 She
to sell a lot of ice cream, (try)
B Write which sentences are about Lia (L) and and which are about Carol (C).
VOCABULARY 5A
common verbs
Read the texts again and underline six verbs in the
past tense that you use for telling a lif life e story.
Lia was bom bom in Yugosla Yugoslavia via .. .
B Look at the irregular verbs on page 127 and find the past tense of these v erbs:
be begg in, find, gr ow up, lea leave ve,,
learn, lose, win. 6
Look at the sentences. W hat’s di differ fferent ent abo about ut the
present and past question forms? 1 Do yo you u liv live e in in New Yo York? rk? 2 Did you li live ve iin n Ne New w York when y you ou were a chi child ld?? lint page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
7A Carol w as bo rn in th e USA on the 14th 14th of July 1931.
Think about a friend you don’t see now. Complete
the questions below. Use the information in brackets to help. 1 W here a an nd when _________________ ? (you / meet)
In 20 2002, they bou ght a h ouse by the sea and now their children come and visit tthem. hem.
2 W h y __________________each other? (you / like) 3
_________________
a lot of things things together? (you / do)
4 How oft en___________ en__________________ _______to to eac each h oth other? er? (y (you ou / speak)
She went to a school for child actors in New York and at eight years old she had he r own radio programme. Later, she worked in a bookshop in New Yo York. rk. She met her husband there in 1951. They got married and ha d five chil children. dren. Fo r a few years, she stoppe d going tto o school and studied at home with her mother. She She became a well-known well -known radio actress.
5 W hen __________________ him/her? (you / last / see) 6 W h a t __________________then? (you / do)
B Wo rk iin n pairs. Ask and answer the questions above.
SPEAKING 8A
Think of three import important ant events iin n your lif life. e.
20 2 0 0 7 - - met my wife, . .. B Wo rk in pai pairs rs and talk about the importan importantt events iin n yo ur live lives. s.
In the 1990s, she didn ’t see h er c hildren very muc h b bec ec a u se th ey liv ed ab ro ad . Sh e a n d h e r h u sb an d visited visit ed the m someti sometimes. mes.
A : 2 0 0 7 wa wass a g rea reatt year. B: Why? A : I m met et my m y wife! wi fe!
4A
Complete the sen tences with the past fform orm of the verbs in brackets.
WRITING because and so because or so.
___ _ I ________________ a car. (not have) 1__
9 A Compl Complete ete the sent sentences ences with
2 I ________________ a lot of sport, (do)
1 Carol llov oved ed acti acting, ng,_________________ she went to a school for child actors.
3
I ________________ a lot of junk food, (eat)
4
I ________________ to a great concert concert,, (go (go))
5
I ________________ a new mobile phone, (buy)
2 Lia started working iin n a sugar fac tor y __________________ her family was poor.
6 I ________________ English, (not speak)
B Complete the sentences about your lif life. e.
7
1 At scho school ol I liked
I ________________ friends, (visit)
, so I _________________ .
8 I ________________ English classes, (start)
2 I started stu studying dying Eng English lish be caus ca use e _________________ .
B Make the sentences above true for you llast ast year.
C Write your li life fe story iin n 100 words. Remember to us use e
C Wo rk iin n pair pairss and and compare your ssentences. entences. Find three things that are the same.
and, but, because and so so..
EO
VOCABULARY
weekend activities
1 Wor k in pairs and discuss. W hat ’s your favouri favourite te day of the the week? W hy ? Wh at do you do o on n that day?
A: A : W hy is Satur Saturday day your ffavouri avourite te day? 8: Because I can stay in bed all m morning! orning! 2A
Look at the word web s and cross out the phrase
which does not go with the verb.
shopping
to the gym
a football match swi swimm mming ing po pool ol
a D VD
clubbing
TV
a newspaper
FUNCTION a co m p u t er game
3A
golf
making conversation
(► (►)) 6. 8 Listen to the conversation and and
underline the correct alternat alternative. ive. 1 Isa Isabel bel went for
a walk/to the park. 2 She went with a girlf gi rlfriri end/he nd/herr bo boyfri yfrieend nd.. 3 Marek watched/played football. football. 4 Marek’s team won/lost.
play th e internet
to a hotel
the piano
B Look at the phrases. phrases. Write question questi on (Q ), answer (A ), or sshow how
at home
interest (I) next to each phrase. stay
1 Did you hav have e a good good weekend? a walk
with some friends
in bed
a restauran restaurantt
2
How was your weeken weekend? d?
3 Not bad/OK. 4 Nothing special.
Q
5 W ha t did you do? a coffee
a meal
6 It was great/terrible!
7 W ho did you go with with?? B Look at the word web s agai again. n. Tick which activities you sometimes do at the weekend. Put a cross for activiti activities es which you never do.
8 Tha t sounds nice/good/interesting /terrible /ter rible .
9 W he re did you go? go? 10 Really?
C Add another activity you ofte often n do tto o eac each h word C
web above.
Listen again. again. Tick the phrases above you
hear. D Work in pair pairss and and ta take ke tturns. urns. Student A: use the verbs above and ask five questions about last weekend.
lint page 138 LA N G U A G EB A N K
Student B: an swer the questions.
A: A : D i d you ggoo out wi th fr i ends? 8: No, I didn’t A: A : D i d you st stay ay at home? h ome? 6; Yes, all Sunday!
m
4A
Complete A’s part of the conversation.
A: How / your weeken weekend? d?
H ow was your weekend? weekend?
6A
Complete the convers conversation ation with questions questions and extra extra
information. Use your own ideas.
B: It was terrible.
A: Did you go to Atsuko’s party?
A: Why? Wha t / do?
B: Yes, I did. It was 1_______________ !
B: W e we nt to the Saint Patrick’s Patrick’s Day Festival. In Dublin.
A: How many 2_______________ ?
A: Sound Sound / good. / W ho / go with with??
B: O h, a lot of people. They were all all ve ry 3_______________ .
B: Zena and Huan. They’re students in my class.
A: That sounds 4_______________ ! Wha t time 5_______________ ?
A: So, So, why / it terrible? terrible?
B: After midnight. I left 6_______________ . When I got home, I 7____________ .
B: It rained rained all all weekend! W e just stayed in the hotel! A: Really? That / shame.
A: Aren’t you tired now? B: No t really. really. I 8
, so I’m not very tired.
B Work in pairs pairs and and take take turns. Ask and answer questions about your weekend. Use your own ideas and
B Wo rk in in pairs pairs and practise the conversation.
the photos to help.
C Wo rk in in groups groups and and take take turns to say your conversation. Listen to the other pairs. Did everyone like like
LEARN TO 5A
Atsuko s party?
keep a conversation going
Look at at the extract. extract. How many pieces pieces of informa information tion
does Isabel give in her answers? Why?
SPEAKING
Marek: W ha t d did id you do? do?
7A
Isabel: Isabe l:
Imagine that you had a perfect/t errible weekend. Imagine Write answers to questions questions 1-4 .
I wen t for a walk. It was great!
Marek: Mare k: That sounds nice. W ho did you go with? with?
1 Wh ere did did yo you ug go? o?
Isabel: Isabe l: With Wi th my boyfriend, Diego. He’s a football playe player. r.
2 W h o did you go with?
Marek: Mare k: Oh . Wh ere did you go? go?
3 W ha t did you do?
Isabel: Th e river. It was really beautiful.
4 W hy was it perfect/terrible?
B Underline the extra piece of information information in Isabel’s answers above.
B Wo rk in groups. Take turns to tell tell each other about you r w week eek end . Re me mb er to sh ow inte res t and to give g ive extra information.
A: A : H ow was your y our w eekend? B: Terrible. I had an awful weekend. C: Really? Why?
^speakout To have a good conversation, ask follow-up questions questi ons after your first question. question. W hen you answer, give extra information.
CARLOS ACOSTA DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IE IEW W
1A
2A
Read the text and answer the questions. Wh at
does Carlos Acosta do? W here is he from?
Watch the DVD. Were any of your ideas ideas about
Carlos Acosta correct? B Watc h again. Number the the events iin n Carlo s
The Culture Show
i
a) He was born and grew up in Havana.
he Cul ultu ture re Show is
b) He was a champion break-dancer.
an arts programme which profiles people from the world o f theatr theatre, e, music and dance. This p r o g r a m m e i s a b o u t Carlos Carl os Acosta - a famous dancer. He was born in Havana, but travels the
c) He won four dance competitions.
T
•>
Acosta’s life in the correct order.
V A world with his dancing. 1 u J I n t h e p ro r o ggrr am am m e h e talks about his home country and how important it is to him. He also talks about his family and childhood. B Work in pairs and discuss. How are the photos photos connected connecte d to C arlos Aco sta’s life?
1
d) He often missed school. e) He became famous. f) He saw the Cuban National Ballet. g) He travelled to Europe. h) His father sent him to ballet school. C
Read what Acosta says about Cuba. Underline the
correct alternatives. Cu ba is always always goi going ng to be my home. In my 1head/ heart, that’s the only country, you know, because that’s where all my Relatives/friends are, my memories, you know, and this is the only place I’m never going going to b e 3afraid/a foreig foreigne ner.r. You learn how to 4 speak/dance f rst, rst, then you learn how to 5speak 5speak / dance, you know, in Cuba. It’s something that’s been passed on through generation to generation. And it’s also, you know, the 6weather/heat and and the tropic, and the 7sea/beach and ... it’s almost that’s what, er, it’s asking for, dance and music and ^happiness/love. D Watch the DVD agai again n and check your answers.
speakoutan interview 3A
Work in pairs. pairs. Think of a her hero o or someone you adm ire, e.g. a fa mo us perso pe rson, n, a frie nd or someone in your family. T Tell ell each other about the
writeback a profile 4 A Read the pr profi ofile le about Baruti Baruti and number number the paragraph topics in order. a) A life-cha life-changin nging g exp experie erience nce
person. Why is he /she important to you?
b) His early life 1
B ® 6.9
c) W hy I a admire dmire h him im
List Listen en to an interv interview iew with Barut Barutii
Kaleb. What is one special thing about him?
d) His work
C Listen again again and tick tthe he key phrases you hear hear..
keyphrases Interviewer: Can I ask you about [your childhood/mother/ first wife/...]? Where/When did you [decide to/first meet/...]? That’s very interesting. W ha t’s t’s your ffavo avourit urite e [film/book/ba nd/...]? Are there any questions [from the audience/ for...]? Interviewee: That’s a good question. Let me think about that.
D Work in pairs. pairs. Choose o one ne of the sspecial pecial people from Exercise 3B and make a list of questions to ask them. Then write your interview.
A Special Person: baruti Kaleb 1 ©aruti kaleb w was as born in Johannesb Johannesburg urg iin n
\%1. He was
■the fourt fourth h of eleven childre children. n. His father was a teacher and his mother worked as a cleaning woman for rich people. 2
When When baru ba ruti ti was at school, one of his friends friend s lost his parents, and moved to an orphanage because he had no other family members to live with, ©aruti visited his friend at the orphanage and felt very sorry for the children there. f>o he decided to work with orphans, to try to give them a good life.
qgl, and they got
3 ©arut ©arutii m met et his wife wife Lerato in I
married marrie d in ifTO ifTO.. They opened opened an orphanage in near Johannesburg, and they still work together. They started with eleven children and now they have si^ty-three children living in the orphanage. 4 ©aru ©aruti ti is a hero fo forr me because he g gives ives his life to helping children. He is an amaiing man and I admire his work very much.
E Work in groups and take turns. One pair: role-play your interview. Other students: make
B Write a profil profile e of of a special per person son from from Exercise
notes about the answers and ask follow-up
3B. W rite about tthe he events in his/her li life fe and say why you admire him/her.
questions.
6.5 « LOOKB LOOKBACK ACK WAS/WERE
DATES A N D TIME PHRAS PHRASES ES
PAST SIMPLE
1 A Put the words in the correct order.
2 Complete time phrases a) -h ) so they mean the same as phrases 1-8 .
4A
1 was / work / I / afte afterno rnoon on / at / yesterday
Today is Mo nday 7th June, 2011. Vicky is twenty-three.
2 six / W here / o’clock / at / you / were? 3 evening evening / my / was / at / I / Wednesday / friend’ friend’ss / on
1 When she she was tw twen enty ty^ ^ 2 On Sunday afternoon
Make Mak e the sentences tr ue for you. Use th e positive positive and negative negative form of the verb. I I __________________lunch yesterday. (miss) 2 I some friends at the weekend, (meet (meet))
4 at / were / sho shops ps / yo you u / the / When?
4 4th June
3 I ________________ English yesterday evening, (study)
5 A week ago ago
4
5 ha half lf / you / Were / hom home e / at / twelve / at / past?
6 Yesterday
B Look at the table be below. low. Where
3 Last month
5 I ________________ breakfast for myself this morning, (make)
7 In January 8 Last year
were you yester day? Fill in the ttable. able. _________
iiiiitirttttft
I ________________ very well last night, (sleep)
a) Three years ag agoo b) __________________afternoon
6 I ________________ to this lesson by car. (come)
c) _________________May
y e s t e r d a y
B Wor k in pairs and compare your answers. Add an extra piece of
d) _________________Friday
information.
& - 4S
e) _________________week
A t home
f)
_________________
6th June
g) five months ________________
11.50
h) ___________
3A
H
Write three things you can:
10-00
C Work in pairs pairs and take turns.
2010
eat
■
read
Ask and answer questions about yester yes terday day . Fill in the table tab le w hen yo ur par tner tne r sa ys yes .
1
1
a hamburge hamburg er.
di dn’tt / didn’
miss lunch yesterday. yesterday. I ha hadd a sandwii ch iinn the park . sandw PAST SIMPLE QUESTIONS 5A
Look at the sentences and
write questions to ask your partner. Add tw o of your own questions. 1 He/She was born in a h hos ospi pita tal. l.
Were you born in a hospital? 2 He /S /She he grew up in a cit city. y.
D i d you you gr grow ow up in a city? 3 He/S He /She he usually walked to school when he/she was ten.
f i u t r i m
m
t -
y e s t e r d a y
a
visit
E i
watch
&-4S
6s
10-00
7 buy_
__________________________________
8
? ?
B Wor k iin n pairs and ttake ake turns to ask and answe r the questions. play_
A A:: W her heree were you at 88.4 .4 5 yesterday? 8: / was at home home.. A A:: W er eree you iinn bed? 6: Yes, I was. / N o, I w wasn’ asn’t.t.
5 He/ She played a llot ot of sports at at school. 6 He /S /She he lik liked ed mathematics at school.
*0
11.50
4 He/She went abr abroad oad every summer when he/she a ch child ild..
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns. Use the lists above to ask and answer questi questions. ons.
A A:: W hen di didd you last eat a hamburger? B: Last mon month./A th./A w week eek ag ago./When o./When I was eighteen.
B I D S VIDEO PODCAST Download the podcast and view people talking abou t goin going g out and wh at they did last night.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UN I T 7 SPEAKING 1 Talk a about bout how you like like to to travel 1 Com Compar pare e plac places, es, transport, hotels and holidays 1 Plan and talk about a long journey jour ney 1 Giv Give e direc directions tions in the st street reet 1 Describe a town /city yo you u know
LISTENING
UNIT
1 Understand directions 1 Wat ch an extract from a travel travel sho w about Buenos Aires
READING
7
1 Read an article about a bus ride from London to Sydney
WRITING 1 Check an and d correct information about a holiday 1 W rite a short article article about a town/city
BBC CONTENT 0 Video po podca dcast: st: How was yourr last holiday? you © D V D : Hol Holida iday y 10 10 Be Best st
holidays ► Travel partners
► The longe st bus ride
► Can you ttell ell me the way?
► Buen os Aires
7.1 TRAVEL PARTNER PARTNERS S ► G R A M M A R | com paratives
I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | travel
VOCABULARY travel 1 A Wo rk iin n pai pairs. rs. Wh at places/things can you see in the photos? Make a list of adjectives to describe them.
Train: fast, comfortable ...
I ► H O W T O | c o m p a r e p l a c e s a n d h o l iidd a y s
SPEAKING 2A
Do the travel travel qui quizz bel below. ow. Circle Circle your answers.
B Wo rk iin n pairs and ccompare ompare your answe rs. Are y you ou good travel partners? Why/Why not?
B Match the adjectives iin n column A with the oppo sites in
TRAVELL Q U IZ TRAVE
column B. A
B
Going on holiday this ye ar ? Do the quiz quiz
gO O d
n o is y
fa s t
e m p ty
c ro w d e d
and find your perf perfec ectt travel travel pa rtne r. ..
k bad
e x p e n s iv e
b o r in g
hot
ch eap
c o m fo r t a b le
c o ld
in t e r e s t i n g
u n c o m f o rt a b le
q u ie t
s lo w
1 Ho w do you like to travel travel?? a) By plan e
b) By train
2 W here do you li like ke tto o st stay? ay? a) In a hotel
b) In a self-caterin self-catering g apar tme nt
3 What do you pre prefer fer to do? a) G o sightseeing
b) Relax on a beach
C © 7 .1 Listen and underl underline ine the stressed syll syllable able in 4 W hen do you llike ike to go?
each adjective. Then listen again and repeat.
a) In spr spring ing
crowded
b) In sum summer mer
5 Wh at do you like to e eat? at?
D Work in pair pairss an and d take turns. Student A: choose o one ne
a) Local dishe s
of the photos A -D . Describe it us using ing four adjec adjectives tives ffrom rom Exercise 1B. Student B: guess the photo.
b) The food I usually eat
6 What do you like to do iin n the eveni evening? ng?
A A:: I t’t’ss really comf comfort ortable able an andd I think thi nk i t’t’ss expensi ve. I t’t’ss quit quitee big and it i sn’ sn’tt no noisy. isy. B: Photo D?
a) G o to a club
b) Go to a restaur restaurant ant
7 How long is your perfect holiday holiday?? a)
A we ek
b) A mo mont nth h
7.1 L IS T EN IN G
S P EA K IN G
3A
7A
® 7.2 Liste Listen n to two peop people le d doing oing the quiz quiz.. Answer the questi questions. ons.
1 How man many y of ttheir heir answer answerss are tthe he sa same me??
Write notes about a good/bad holiday you we nt on. Th ink abo ut th e q ues tions tio ns below and use the photos to help.
2 Ar e they good travel pa partners? rtners?
• W he re/ W he n d did id you go go??
B Listen again. again. Write man (M (M)) and woman (W) next to the answe rs in the quiz in Exe rcise 2A.
• W ho did you g go o with? • W he re did you stay stay?? Was it good?
C Wo rk in pai pairs rs and discuss. Is the man or the woman a good travel partner par tner for you? Wh y/W hy not not??
• W ha t di did dy you ou do? Did you enjoy it? it? • W he re did you e eat? at? Did you lik like e the food food?? • W as it hot hot??
GRAMMAR 4A
comparatives
Look at audio script 7.2 on page 171 and complete the sentences.
• Did you lik like e it more than you r town/c town/city? ity? Why/Why not?
1 Fl Flyi ying ng is fast fast______________ going by train.
B Work in pairs. As k a and nd answer the
2 Summ Summer er is hot_______________spring.
questions above.
3 A hot hotel el is
expen sive
A A:: W her heree did di d you go? B: I went to France ...
an apar apartment. tment.
B ® 7.3 Underli Underline ne the stressed words in the sentences above above.. Listen and check. The n listen again and repeat. C Complete the tabl table. e. short adjectives
faster
long ad adjectives
comfortable
irregular adjectives
good/bad
comfortable
adjective + . + adjective
better/ worse
lint page 140 L A N G U A G E B A N K PRACTICE
5A
Write comparative sentences. Use the adjectives in brackets.
1 cafes, cafes, restaurant restaurantss (ex (expensiv pensive) e)
Restaurants are more expensive than cafes.
2 autumn, spring (romanti (romantic) c)
3 travelling by car, trave travelling lling by train (fast)
4 English, my languag language e (easy (easy)) 5 shoes, trainers (comfortable) 6 water, coffee (good for y you) ou)
7 book, maga magazine zine (interesting) 8 city, beach (relaxing)
B Work in pai pairs rs a and nd compar compare e your answers. 6A
Choo se two places you know, e.g. cities, cafes, nightcl nightclubs. ubs.
Which one do you like more? Write two sentences about each place using comparatives.
I like Edinburgh more than London because it’s friendlier and cheaper. B Wo rk in pai pairs rs and take turns. T Tel elll each other about your places.
A : I like li ke Edinburg Edi nburg h m more ore than t han London. B: Why? A : I t’s t’s fri f ri endlier and cheaper.
7.2 TH THE E LON LO NGEST BUS RIDE ► GR AM M AR | supe superl rlat ativ ive es
VOCABULARY 1A
> V O C A B U L A R Y | places
places
Work in pairs. pairs. Look at p photo hotoss A - E .
Which of the things in the box can you see ? a mounta mountain in abri dge a villag village e a lake a rive riverr a jungle a city a market a famous build building ing a des desert ert
► H O W T O | talk talk abo about ut a jour journey ney
I OZBUS
travel from London to Sydney The OZBUS is the longest bus ride in the world and the ulti ultimate mate journey for backpackers. In twelve weeks it travels 16 ,000 kilometres kilometres through twenty different countries. 'Most peopl people e fly from from London London to Sydney at at 40 ,0 0 0 feet an and d never see anythi anything, ng,'' say s M ark Crea sey from Ozbu s. 'On the Ozbus people can see the most beautiful places in the world. We go across Europe, through Turkey, India, China, Malaysia and Australia. We travel through deserts, mountains and jungles jun gles - it's amazin amazing.' g.' Jeff Lane travelled on the Ozbus last summer. 'The best thing wa s the Taj Mahal Mahal,' ,' he said. 'The most exciting place was the tiger reserve in the Himalayas, and I really enjoyed visiting the base camp of Mount Everest.' And what were the worst things? 'Well, in Tehran the bus broke down and we waited a whole day for a new one. That wasn't so good. And I didn't always enjoy camping at night. Sometimes I wanted to stay somewhere more comfortable!' The Ozbus takes up to forty people of all ages. At night, the passengers usually stay in cam ps or sometim es in small small hotels. Everyone takes turns to buy food in local markets and cook for the group. The greatest greate st journey in the world? Crease Cre ase y thinks so: 'If 'If you want a truly awesom awes ome e experience, then the O zbu s is for y you ou.' .'
READING
L
2A
Read the introduction introduction to the article about the Ozbu s and an swer
the questio questions. ns. 1 What is th the e Oz Ozbus bus?? 2 Ho w many countrie countriess does it travel throug through? h? B Wo rk iin n pairs. Wh at else w would ould yo you u like to know about the Ozbus ? Wr ite three qu estions using the words in the box to hel help. p. countries
price
sleep
people
food
sights
How many countries does it visit? 3A
Read the article. Did you find the answers to your questions?
B Read tthe he art article icle a again. gain. Are sentences 1-5 true (T) or ffalse alse (F)? 1 The Ozbus trav travels els tthro hrough ugh ttwelve welve count countries ries in ttwenty wenty weeks. 2 Ozbu Oz buss passengers fly from London to Sydne Sydney. y. 3 Jeff Lane too k the Ozb us in the summer. 4 He like liked d the Taj Mah Mahal, al, the tiger reserve and campin camping. g. B Wo rk in pairs. Look at the words in the box above and write an example for each word. U se your country if possible. A
mountain: mount ain: M oun ountt Velino (Ital (Italy) y)
5 Most Ozb us passengers are forty years old. 6 Th ey stay in hotels a and nd camps.
C Would y you ou li like ke to go on the Ozbus? Wh y/W hy not?
El
PRACTICE
5A
Ma Make ke questions questions about the Ozb us trip. U se the prompts below to help. 1 Wh at / cold / place you vi visi site ted? d?
What was the coldest place you visited? 2
Wh at / hot / pla place ce??
3 W ha t / ffriend riendly ly / place? place? 4 W ha t / long / you travelled iin n one da day? y? 5 W ha t / beaut beautiful iful / bui buildin lding g you sa saw? w? 6 W ha t / am amazin azing g /exp erience of the journey journey??
B Ma Matc tch h ans answers wers a) -e ) with quest questions ions 1-6 . a) The Red Desert in Australia. b) The Taj Mahal c) Seeing a tiger d) 400 kilometres e) Mount Everest f) I can’t say. say. W e m met et so many fantastic people.
C
® 7.5 Lis Listen ten to a convers conversati ation on wit with h an Ozbus passenger and and ch eck your answers.
SPEAKING 6A
Wo rk iin n groups. Plan Plan a llong ong journey to anot another her
country. Make a list of five five places to visit: the most exciting, excitin g, the m ost beautiful, the highest, etc. B Prepare to tel telll the class a about bout your journey. Use these phrases:
First we g oto .. . then then we visit visit the the oldes oldest/most t/most famo famous us .... . i n .. . C W ork in pairs a and nd take turns. Tel Telll the class about your jou rne y. A sk and an sw er q ues tio ns abou ab ou t eac each h jou rn ey.
A A:: W her e do you slsleep eep at nig ni g hi ?
GRAMMAR 4A
B: In small ho hotels tels..
superlatives
Complete the sentences with words from the
D Discuss. Which journey is the most intere interesting? sting?
article above. 1 The Ozbus Ozbus is the _____________ bus ride in the world.
WRITING
2 People can see th e _____________ beautiful places in the world.
7A
checking and correcting
Read the student’s homework below. Find and
correct ten m istak istakes es with:
3 The _____________thing was the Taj Mahal.
• the spelling
• pas pastt ten tense se form s
• singular and plural
B Underline other examples of superlatives iin n the ar article. ticle.
desert
Then complete the table below.
On S Sat atu urday rday we wenb By Bus across across bhe bhejjdesserb. 'We meeb a tob of peoptes. peoptes. The peoptes peoptes in in bhe
the
short
great
the greatest
+ adjective +
adjectives longer adjectives irregular adjectives
y yM M ayewe sewsbaid as frie friend er th.anJbin bhenocbibye y.ryA b niyhb ni yhb w in inndty atye camp. camp was yery comfbaBte, Bub ib was more che cheaper aper bhan bhe hob ho bets. We Buyed att att our food in bhe marheb.
exciting good
B Write four sentences about your las lastt hol holida iday. y.
bad
C Wo rk iin n pairs pairs.. Check each other’ other’ss sentences sentences.. Use the
th e in the C ® 7.4 Listen Listen to the pron pronunc unciat iation ion of the
list in Exercise 7A to help.
sentences in Exercise 4A. Then listen and repeat,
page 140 LAN GU AG EBA NK lint pa
□
7.3 CAN YOU YO U TELL ME THE WAY AY?? ^FUNCTIO^^ivin^irection^^^^VOCABU^ATO^^Iace^^^^LEARNT^^hed^n^orrec^irections
VOCABULARY
places
1A
Read the lleaf eaflet let below and loo look k at the photo photoss A -C What can you see and do in Brighton? Would you like to go go there? Wh y/W hy not not??
W EEUL ACJO" M E ® W
DN nV n Vfc VE A AN D^Hu O
g006 00 6 .value
beacn bea cn and
and music an tQ visft ft’s a poplar p P .ha s wen wen got® * y or stay. » da otto Boya' royal palace, palace, W ' « o pavilion.
3A B Look at the map of Brighto Brighton n and find find the places in the box bel below. ow. a bus station a theatre a car park a Tourist Information centre a pier
Match Match directions 1 -8 to diagra diagrams ms A -H .
a museum a clock tow er an art gallery a park a square a library a swimming pool
FUNCTION
gi givin ving g directio d irections ns 1 go str straig aight ht on
2A
Wo rk in pairs and look at the map.
Find three different routes from the Clock Tower to B righton Pier.
C
5 tak take e the seco second nd ri righ ghtt
2
turn left into Nor th Street
6 go past the cinema
3
turn right into South Street Str eet
7 it’s on the right
4
go down W es t Stree t until until the en end d
8 it’s on the left
B ( 0 7.6 Listen to the directio directions. ns. Draw B ® 7.7 Listen and check. Then li liste sten n and rrepeat epeat,,
the route on the map.
mi* mi* page 140 LA N G U A G EB A N K C Listen again and complete the di dialogue. alogue. Then listen and repeat.
4A
Choo se two places in the box be below. low. Write direction s to them from the Cloc k Tower Tower..
A: Excuse me. Can you 1__________________ me the way to the 2 , pleas please? e?
the Royal Pa Pavilio vilion n the Mus Museum eum and A rt Gallery the swimming pool Church Street car park the Town H Hall all the Theatre Ro Royal yal
B: Yeah ... you 3__________________down West Street until the 4_________________ A: Straight5_________________ ?
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take tturns. urns. Student A: Read your direct directions. ions.
B: Yeah. And then turn 6__________________and you’ll see the Pier. Pier.
Student B: follow the directions. directions. Whe re are you?
A: Thanks very much.
C Give di directions rections for two more place places. s.
m
■ g Library Swimming Pool
Ice Rink
£a o
£
w Church Street
%
£
w
Park
Clock I I
Tower^
Western Road
Q
Castle Street
You are here Duke Street Regency Road
Regency Mews
O £ 5)
T
o Shopping Centre Russell Road
B o y c e ’ s S tt.. Edward Street
©
o
09 3 South Street
The Brighton Centre
Kings Road
Kings Road
Beach
Grand Junction Road
Front
Fishing Museum
to
S
c o
OQ
LEARN TO 5A
check and correct directions
6A
® 7.9 Look at the convers conversati ation on extra extracts cts be belo low. w.
Listen and underline the stressed words in B’s answers. (£) 7.8 Find Church Street car park. park. Listen to the
conversation conversa tion and follow the directions. directions. W here are you? B Read the extract and listen listen again. How does the
I A: Th e first right? right? B: No, the th e third right. right. A: So I turn left and then ...
woman ch eck the directions? Underline the phrases she uses.
B: No, you turn right. right. A: So I go past the Pavilion and ...
A: You go out of this car park and turn right. So that’s right into Church Street. Then take the third right, I think it’s called New Road.
A: It’s in Church Street.
B: The first right?
B: No, it’s in Church Road.
B: No, past the Pier.
A: No, the third right. And you go straight on until the end of the road and then turn left. After about one minute you’ ll see it on th e left. You can’t miss it it!!
B Listen again again and repeat the man’s answ ers.
|speakout
B: So third righ right, t, erm, left at the end of the road and then .. . ? A: It’s on the left.
When you want to correct a mistake, you can use stress. Rem ember to say say the correc t word higher higher |OU{je r ancj ancj
B: On the left.
longer.
Is it fifty-two fi fty-two Hig Hi g h Street?
C Wo rk in pairs. Student A: read the part of A above, sentence by
No, i t’s t’s thirty-tw thirty-two. o.
C Wo rk in in pairs and take take turns. turns. Student A: look at at page page
sentence. Student B: cover the
165. Student B: look at page 161.
extract.. Listen to Student A . extract and repeat to che ck you
SPEAKING
understand.
A : You go out o f this car park and turn right. ri ght. B: Turn right?
7
Work in pairs and take turns. Choose a starting point
in your your town/city that you both know. know. Student A : you are a tourist. Ask for directions to three places. Check you understand the directions. Student B: give directions and correct the directions if necessary.
m
7.44 » 7.
BUENOS NO S AIRE IRES
D VD P R E V IE W
D V D V IE W
1 A Work in pai pairs. rs. Look at the photos and answer the the
2A
Watch the DVD. Number the photos photos in the order
questions below.
Nicki talks about them.
1 Wh at can you see/do in Buenos Buenos Aires? Aires?
B
2 W ha t sports are popular popular iin n Argen Argentina tina??
a) - f ) .
Match the words/names below with descriptions
1the A venue 9th JJuly uly 2 La Boca 3 Diego Maradona 4 the tango 5 polo 6 Argentinian beef
a) is one of the poore st parts of Buenos Aires b) is the best in the world c) is the widest street in the city d) is a famous dance e) is a sport you do on a horse f) is one of the most famous football players in the world C Work in pairs and compare your answers. D Watch the DVD again. Complete Complete the the ext extracts racts bel below ow with the wor ds in the box. famous widest
vegetables south footb football all meat emotion career
The twenty-lane Avenue 9th July is the 1______________ street on the planet and it cuts through the city from north to 2_______________ .
B
Read the text and and check your an swers
The people of La Boca share one of Argentina’s
B B G Holiday 10 Be Besst
I
n the last of ten programmes looking at Xexciting excitingholidays, holidays. Nicki holidays. Nick i Chapman Chanman takes tak takes es us on a quick tour o f Argentina’s capital. capital. She S he starts starts her tour at the amazing Avenue 9th July, and then visits La Boca, where football legend Diego Maradona started his career. She also watches people dance the tango, tries the popular popul ar sport o f polo and eats some famous Argentinian beef.
greatest passions: 3_______________ . La Boca is where Diego Maradona, one of football’s leading legends, began his 4_______________ .
W e are also 5_______________ for the tango tango.. People People start ed dancing the tango in the 1800s. It’s a dance fu full ll of passion and 6_______________ .
You can t be a vegetarian, can you, with all this fantastic 7_______________ ? If you want, we have very good 8 here! Very social, isn’t it?
Work in pairs. Answer the questions. What do you think are the two most interesting things to do or to see in Buenos Aires? Aires? Do you think Buenos Aires is a good place for a holiday? Wh y/W hy not? not?
speakout describe a town/city
writeback a travel article
4A
5A
Work in pairs. pairs. Choose a town /city you
both know. Make a list of interesting facts and
Read the description of Rimini below. Divide the article into four paragraphs:
information about it. Think about:
• a description of the place
• general information, e.g. wh ere er e it is, is, how big big it is
• a famous person
• importan imp ortantt places
• a typical food
• famous people
• your you r o opinion pinion
• special food /local dishes B Prepare to tell other students about the the town/city. Use the key phrases to help.
keyphrases W e want to to talk talk about.. . It’s [the capital city/an old town] ... It’s got [a/some] ... One of the most important places in ... is ... Here you can see ... A famous person from ... is ... He/She’s famous because ... A typical typical food from [town /city] is ... It’s a (very)... place. You can ... there.
C (► (►)) 7.10 Listen to two students talk about Rimini in Italy. Which things from Exercise 4A
imini is an old city on the Adriatic Sea in Italy. It's famous for its beautiful beach and also for the cathedral and the Arch of Augustus. The Rimini nightlife is amazing. There are lots of places to dance
R
and have fun. One of the most famous people from Rimini is the film director Frederico Fellini. He made many films, for example A Amar marcord cord,, La DDolce olce Vi V i ta and La Strada. Str ada. His ideas for his films sometimes came from his childhood in Rimini. A typical food in Rimini is 'puntarelle'. This is a pasta dish with with fresh vegetables. It It's 's very simple but delicious. Rimini is also a good place to eat fish. I like travelling, and I like going to new p laces , but I go to to Rimini eve ry year because I love the beaches and the nightlife.
don’t they talk about? D Listen again again and tick the key phrases you hear. E W ork in groups. Tell Tell other students about the
B Now write an articl article e of 8 0- 1 0 0 words about your town/ city for a travel travel website. U se the ideas and phrases from Exercise 4 and the article above to help.
town/city. Which places would you like to visit?
7.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK COMPARATIVES
SUPERLATIVES
C H E C K IN IN G A N D C O R R E C T TII N G
1A
3A
4A Complete the sentences with false information about you.
Look at the iinfor nformatio mation n ab about out
two wa ys of travellin travelling g from Moscow to Beijing below. Write eight
Complete the quiz with
superlatives of the adjectives in brackets.
sentences comparing them. Use
2 I’m from ...
word s in the box to help. cheap fast expensive slow crowded boring comfortable interesting uncomfortable exciting relaxing
Trans-Siberian Railway:
580 euros 2nd class, 7 days, 35 stops, 4 beds per compartment, restaurant on train
C hina A irlines fl flight: ight:
1, 1,10 1000 euros 2 nd class, 7 hou rs 20 minu tes, 0 stops, 2 meals, 2 movies
The train is cheaper than the plane.
1 1 spell my name ...
C i ty Q uiz uiz 1
The friendliest (friendly) (friendly) city in the wo rld is:
a) Rio de Jan eiro b) Cairo c) Kuala Lumpur 2 The wo rl rld’ d’ss _________________ (big) city is:
a) Seou l b) M exico City c) Tokyo 3
_________________
(good) place to
live is:
a) Zurich b) Vancouver c) Melbourne 4 _________________ (safe) city in the world is:
a) Istanbu l c) Dublin 5
_________________
3 1 live in ... 4 My te teac ache herr iiss ... 5 1 like ... B Work iin n pa pair irss an and d ta take ke tturn urns. s. Look at your p artner’s information and check statements with him/her.
A: A : So, you spell yyour our na name me d-yd-y-a-n-a. a-n-a. B: N o, my name’ name’ss Di ana! I spe spellll my d-i-a-n-a. Aname nd, you you’ ’re ffrom rom A: And,
Poland Poland.. B: No, I’m from France.
G I V IN IN G D I R E C T I O N S
5A
Put the words in order. Start
with the underlined words.
b) Singap ore
1 Go / ta take ke / left left.. / and and / down / the / Grand / first / Avenue
(beautiful) city
2 on. / bank / Turn / and and / righ rightt / go / at / straight / the
is :
a) Cape Town c) Prague
b) Syd ney
6_________________ (popular)
3 turn / into / Park / right / Lane. / Take / the / right / then / third 4 ’s / left left.. / on / Jt / the
B Work in pairs and discuss. Whi ch w ay of travelling from Moscow to Beijing is better: the train trai n or plane? Wh y?
VOCABULARY: PLACES
2
Work in pairs. Look at the words
in the box below and find: a mountain a village a city a dese desert rt a jungle a lake a market a river
tourist destination in the world is:
a) Spain b) The USA c) France 7 _________________(fast)-growing cities in the world are in:
a) China
b) Africa
c) India
8_________________ (busy) shopping street is in the wo rld is in:
a) London b) Hon g Kon g c) Shanghai
5 str straig aight ht / turn / road / end / on / rig right ht.. / and / of / until until / G o / then / the / the 6 way / you you / to / tell tell / the the / Can / me / supermarket? / the
B Wor k iin n pairs and take turns. Studen t A: think of a place near where you are now. Give directions. Student B: guess the place.
A: A : G o out o f the mai mainn entr ance and tu turn rn left ...
1 two places places where yo you u can sswim wim.. 2 one place that has a lot of trees.
BIDS
3 two places whe re people llive ive.. 4 one place wh where ere you can b buy uy things.
Download the podcast and view people talking talki ng about th e holidayss the y like and holiday where they wen t on their last holidays.
□ ©
5 one place that’s tha t’s hot in the day an and d cold at night. 6 one place that’s tha t’s ver y h high igh..
V IID DEO POD CAST
B Wo rk in pairs and do the quiz. Then check your answers in the key.
Authentic www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
□
UN I T 8 SPEAKING 1 Talk about what people are doing 1 Describe people’ people’ss appearance 1 As k for and and g give ive recommendations 1 Talk about an e event vent
LISTENING
UNIT
^
8
1 Listen to a radio programme about ideas of beauty 1 Wat ch an extract from a documentary abo ut an English music festival
R EAD I N G 1 Read blog blog entries about what people are doing now
WRITING 1 W rite a blo blog g about what you are doing 1 W rite a review of a an ne event vent
BBC CONTENT § Video po podca dcast: st: Wh at was the last film you saw? © D V D : Inside Out
now
Q 0 ®
c O C ® '1
qV qVO O
8.1 IN THE PI PIC CTUR URE E ► G RA M M AR | pre pres en en t cont ont in in uou uouss
► VO C A B U LA R Y | v erb erbss + pre prepos pos iitt ion ionss
► H O W T O | ta alk lk abou bout t he he pre pres en en t
SPEAKING 1A
Read the sentences. Underline the
alternative which is true for you.
every eve ry day/on holiday/only on on specii al occa spec occasions. sions. 2 I take photos with my camera/my mobile/ my came camera ra and my mobile mobile.. fri ends/ / 3 I share photos with my family/my friends everyone. 4 I put my photos on a website/in a book/on my computer. /places/ laces/ 5 My favourite su subjects bjects are people/p nature. 1 I take take photo photoss
B
C a n n e s 1p m
Wo rk in pairs and compare your
answers.
GRAMMAR 2A
present continuous
Singapore, 1p.m.
Look at the website page. Ma Match tch
sentence sent encess 1-5 belo below w to phot photos os A - E . 1 W e ’re li liste steni ning ng to live jazz jazz.. 2 I’m cleaning up after the party.
PRACTICE
3 I’m llyin ying g on the beach in Can nes.
3A
4 Patrizia’s looking at pa paintings intings at the Hermitage. 5 H e’s singing M y
W ay at at a karaoke bar.
B Underli Underline ne the verbs in in sentences 1-5
Complete the sentences with verbs from the box box..
dance
take
read
have
swim
chat
feel
make
enjoy
lis listen ten
I Some people are dancing to the the musi music. c. W e _______________to each other an d _______________the band.
above. Then complete the table.
i ng
I
ly
on the beach.
We
listen
to live jjazz. azz.
He
sing
My Way.
2 People _______________ photos of the paintings. 3 I about the film festiv festival al here in Canne s. Cath and Jim aren’t here - th ey in the sea, I think think.. 4 Ever yon e really good time!
to him si sing ng - he’ he’ss fan fantas tastic! tic! W e _______________a
C
Look at the sentences aga again in and and underline the correct alternative to
5 It’s a beautiful day, but I_______________ real really ly tired. Kare n _______________ some coffee and I really need it!
complete the rule.
B Ma Match tch phot photos os A - E on the website page with sentences sentences 1- 5 above.
Rule: Use the present continuous to talk every ry day day/at /at this moment. moment. about your life eve
C Work in pair pairs. s. Cover the sent sentences ences above. Ask and answer questi questions ons about the people from the website. A;
D © 8. 8.1 1 Complete the questions with
are. Then
or
i s
W hat’ hat’ss he doing? W hat are the theyy do doing? ing?
B: He’s ...
listen a and nd check. D Wo rk in pair pairss and ta take ke turns. Write the names of three people you
______
1 Wh ha at you doing? doing? 2 W h a t ______ he singing?
know. What do you think they are doing at the moment? Tell your partner.
E Listen again and underli underline ne the stressed
frii end Juli a M y fr
words. Then listen and repeat.
lives li ves in Sydney. I th thin inkk sshe he’’s g etti etting ng up nnow ow or m may aybe be sh she’ e’ss having breakfast.
m#> page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K t p s p e a k o u t Practise English in your head. When you do something, think of the sentence, e.g. I ’m wal walkiking, ng, I ’m do doing ing my hom homewo ework rk,, I ’m washing my hand handss
. ..
□
8.1 READING 6
Read the two b blog logss from WhatRU doing.com. Write
the number of the missing sentences from Exercise 3A in the correct places. Next Blog »
Jules I'm I'm having a great time here. I'm staying with my two best friends from college. I last sa w them five y ye e a rs ago. ag o. Th ey 're still the sa m e - ju st a bit o lder .
St Petersburg, 3p.m.
At the moment I'm relaxing and _______________ Their apartment is only ten minutes from the festival. Yesterday we went to see our fir first st fil film. m. Angelina Jo lie w as in it it.. I didn't like it much - but I though t she w as very good good!! Next Blog »
Rafael Hi, everyon e. So wh at am I doing today? Not Tokyo, 9p.m.
m u c h ! _______________ We didn't get to bed until four in the morning, but it was great! Non-stop music and da ncing , good food and all our friends. I think they enjoyed th emse lves. I got some fantastic fantastic
VOCABULARY 4A
verbs + prepositions
Underline the correct alternative.
with/to the radio take photos of/about a a friend wait to/for a a train
presents: e spec ially a digi digital tal came ra. I used it to put a photo on WhatRUdoing.com.Take a look. That's me, with the dirty dishes!
1 li lissten 2
3
WRITING
pronouns
7A 4 read on/about a film star 5 lie on/at a a bed
What does
10
to/from my partner be for/on the phone look on/at a a photo think about/on your friend ask about/to pronunciation
B
© 8 .2 List Listen en and che check. ck. Not Notice ice tthe he weak so sound und of the
8
9
B
---------
Look at the pronou ns in bold in the blogs. Wh at do
they refer to? Circle the pronouns and draw an arrow to the correct word. C
Read the b blog log entry below. Use pronouns tto o make four
more changes.
prepositions and articles. Then listen and repeat.
1 listen / t a d a / radio
Next Blog »
C Wo rk iin n pairs and ttake ake tturns. urns. Student A: say a ve verb rb from Exercise 4A . Student B: say the whole ve verb rb phrase. Then think of other possible nouns.
A A:: listen li sten B: listen to the radio A A:: listen li sten to an M P 3 play player er B: listen to ...
Last night I went to Jazz Stop with Dan and Lisa. We Baft, ttse^and4 s aw Will Brown. Will Brown has got a new C D and Will Brown played song s fro from m his new CD. Lisa and Dan danced a lot but I just chatted with Lisa and Dan between dan ces and took pho photos. tos. I put one of the photos onW hatRU doing.com . WhatRUdoing.com is my favourite website.
SPEAKING 5
them refer to?
I’m staying staying with(my two best friends) I last saw them five yea rs ago ago..
6 chat
7
Look at the sentences below from the first blog.
D
Wo rk in pairs. Student A: look at page 1 163. 63. Student B:
Write you r own blo blog g entry. entry. Write about a concert, a
party, an art gallery or a karaoke bar. bar. Us e pron ouns and include the names of two other students.
look at page 166.
□
8.2 LOOKING GOOD ► G R A M M A R | present sim simple ple/co /conti ntinuo nuous us
► VO C A B U LA R Y | appearanc rance e
SPEAKING 1 A Wor k iin n pairs and discuss. Mat Match ch the information with the film star.
She w as in a lot of Jam es Bond fil films. ms. H e played Che Guevara in
The Motorcycle Diaries. She’s American. H e also sings - he’ he’ss a rapp rapper. er. He start started ed acting in the 1950s. 1950s. Sh e was born in Malays Malaysia. ia. B W hat other info informati rmation on do you kno know w about the film stars?
Sean Con Conner neryy isi s Scotti Scottish. sh. C Do yo you u think any of the ffilm ilm stars a are re good-looking? Why/Why not?
^22jS&i2£l!lEi3i£jfl appearance 2A
Work in p pairs. airs. Look at the pho photos tos and
answer the questions questions.. 1 Which of the ffil ilm m sta stars rs has go got: t: a) shor shortt grey ha hair? ir? b) long blonde hair? c) dark curly h hair? air?
A Michelle Yeoh
► H O W T O | des descri cribe be pe peop ople le
d) a beard and a moustache?
LISTENING
e) brown eyes? 2 Wh ich o f the the ffilm ilm stars iis: s: a) black? b) in his/her seventies/eighties? c) in his/h er twent twenties/thirties? ies/thirties? d) wearing make-up? e) wearing earrings? B ® 8.3 Listen Listen to a man desc describ ribing ing two of the film film stars. W hich tw o is he talking about? 1
___________________________________________
2
____________________________________
3 A ® 8.4 Liste Listen n to the first part of a ra radio dio progr programme. amme. Is the programme about fi film lm stars, ideas of fashion or ideas of beauty? B Read the iinformation nformation below. Then listen again and underline tthe he words you hear.
2brown/blue rown/blue Do men today really like like women with 1blonde/black hair hair and 2b 3g rey/dar k and eyes? And do wom en like the James Bond llook ook - tall tall,, 3g and very 4masculine/feminine, or do they like some something thing different now? C ® 8.5 Listen to the second part of the radi radio o pro programme. gramme. Which fil film m stars do the people like? D Listen ag again. ain. Wh at do tthe he people talk about? Co Complete mplete tthe he tabl table. e. height/build
C Listen again and write the questions. Use the prompts to help.
Woman 1
1 Is / man / or / wo woma man? n?
Woman 2
2 Wh at / she / look lik like?
Woman 3
D Wor k in pa pairs irs and take turns. Student A:
Man 1
hair/beard
ill* pa page 1 15 58 PH O TO B A N K
Man 2
o ther
beard nice smile beautiful clothes
choose one of the film film stars and describe him/her. Student B : ask the questions in Exercise 2 and guess the film star,
eyes
slim
E Work in gr groups oups a and nd discuss. Wha t’s t’s your iidea dea of beauty?
8.2 PRACTICE
5A
Look at the cartoons and and discuss. W hat are
the problems? B Underline the correct alternatives bel below. ow.
E Gael Garcia Bernal
In an office, men usually 1wear/are wearing dark suits, ties and shoes, but Sam 2wears/s wearing jeans, a T-shirt and trainers. trainers. H e 3doesn’ 3doesn’tt wear/i sn’t sn’t we wearing aring a tie. Another problem is that he 4weo 4weors rsA wearing sunglasses and most 5don’ n’tt wear / businessmen 5do aren’t wearing sunglasses at work. C Complete the iinforma nformation tion a about bout the second ca cartoon. rtoon. Walkers - (not) usually 2__ skirts; they 3 trousers and walking jackets. Jenny’s boyfriend 4____________ boots but she 5_____________ high-heeled shoes - dangerous on a country walk. Another problem is that she 6_____________ (not) a backpack. She 7_____________ a handbag!
present simple/continuous simple/continuous
4A
6
Wo rk in pairs. Sit back to to back and ta take ke turns turns.. Student
A: say six thi things ngs you’re wear wearing ing - four true an and d two false. Student B: say which things are fal false. se.
Look at the sentences and underline underline the verbs.
Which tenses are they?
I ’m wearing a gr grey ey sshirt. hirt. B: True!
A:
1 She a always lways wears beau beautifu tifull clothe clothes. s. 2 He ’s wearing a white T-shirt. B Und erlinethe correct alterna alternative tive to ccomplete omplete the
SPEAKING
rules.
7A Rules: 1 Us Use e tthe he present simple/present we do every day or usually.
continuous continuo us for something
continuous us for something 2 Use the present simple/present continuo w e’re doin doing g now o r at th this is moment.
Wo rk in pairs a and nd discuss. Wh at clothes do yo you u
usually/never wear for: • a walk wal k iin n the country? • dinner at a friend’s house? • a job interview? • meeting friends in a bar or club? • a party?
C Complete tthe he ttable able with the verb wear. W h at
you
W h at
you
• an exercise exer cise class? to work/
usually
B Wo rk with a new par partner tner.. Student A: say the cl clothes othes
school?
you us ua lly /n ev er w ea r fo r th the e s itu ati on s ab ov e. Stu de nt
usually
1
now?
B: guess the situation.
A A:: I usually w ear jea n s and a nd a top. I never n ever w wear ear shor shorts. ts. B: A walk in the country?
a suit.
Now, 1
je an s and a sweate r.
mi mi** page 142 LA N G U A G E B A N K
8.3 WH WHAT AT DO YO YOU U RECO RECOMMEN MMEND? D? NDEVERYGREATLOVtISAGREATSTORY.
SPEAKING 1 A Complete the questionna questionnaire ire below. below.
Q Wha Whatt was the last fi film lm yo you u saw? 0
What What’’s your fa favour vourit ite e ffil ilm? m?
0
Who is you yourr fav favour ourit ite e ffil ilm m actor?
RvamGosling Jamis Garni* SamShifard Rachu McAdams Gina Rowlands / /o oan Aui uin n
Q Who Who is you yourr ffavou avourit rite e ffil ilm m actr actress? ess? 0
Do yo you u li like ke wa watc tchi hing ng fi films: lms:
at home/at home/at tthe he cinem a! b) on TV/on your computer ? own/with with som eone? c) on your own/ once/more ore than once ? d) only once/m
a)
B Work in pair pairss an and d compare your answers.
VOCABULARY 2A
|types of fi film lm
Mat Match ch the posters in pictur pictures es A -H with
THIS SUMMER
the type s of fil film m in the box. romantic film A hor ror film drama animated film musical action film come dy sci-fi sci-fi film B Complete the ssentences entences wit with h the types of film. 1 People fall fall in love iin n a romantic
film.
2 Th er e’s a lot of singin singing g and da dancing ncing in a
THE RIGHT RIGHT ONE IN
3 I laugh a lot when wh en I watc wa tch h a _________________ . 4 The re are of often ten UFO s and alie aliens ns from space in a _________________ . 5 A _________________ can be too scary fo r me. 6 Th ere ar are e usually a lot of g guns uns and car
chases in an _________________ . 7 I sometim es cry when I watch a 8 Drawings seem to move and talk in an
C Wo rk iin n pairs and discuss. Do you lik like e the same films? films? Why/ Wh y not? Which types of films don’t don’t you like? Why ?
A: A : W hi ch ty types pes o f fi lms do you llikike? e? 6; / like lik e musicals musicals.. A: A : Oh, really? W hy? hy ? . . .
8.3 lin link k words to speak fas faster ter 6A
FUNCTION 3A
recommending
® 8.6 Listen Listen to two conv conversa ersatio tions. ns. Which types of
film from from Exe rcise 2A do the people talk about? B Listen again. Do the people decide to watch the ffilms? ilms? Why/W hy not not?? 4A
Put the words in the correct ord order. er.
1 yo you u / do / recom recommen mend? d? / What
W hat do you reco recommend? mmend? 2 French Ki ssl / about / How
3 you / I’ I’d d / Do / it? / like / think
Read the flowchart and complete questio questions ns 1-5 .
4 you’ you’d d / it / like like / think / d on’t / I 5 I / French / like / that / fil film m / you’ you’d d / think B © 8 .7 Listen and check. Then lliste isten n and repeat repeat,, lint page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K 5
Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Look again at the fil film m
posters A -H . Student A: ask your partner to reco recommend mmend a film. Student B: ask qu estions and recommend a film.
A : I want w ant ttoo watch a D V D this week weekend. end. W hat ha t do you recommend? B: Hmm. W hat kind of films do you like? li ke?
Word linking can help your speaking sound more natural. Remember you can link the consonant at the end of one word and the vowel at the beginning of the next word, e.g. What’sJt„about? B © 8.8 List Listen en and check your answers answers.. C
Look at tthe he quest questions ions iin n Exercise 6A and draw the
links. Then practise saying them. D Wor k in pairs and take tturns. urns. Cove r the the man’ man’ss part and practise the conversation. 7 A Wo rk as a class and mak make e a lis listt of eight films. Write the titles in English or in your language. B Wo rk in pairs. Studen t A: choose one of the ffilms ilms and answer Student B’s questions. Student B: ask quest questions ions 1- 3 from Exercise 6A . Guess the ffilm. ilm.
SPEAKING 8
Work with a new pa partne rtner. r. Recomme Recommend nd one of your
favourite films or a film film you saw recentl recently. y.
A: A : One On e o f my ffavouri avouri te fifilms lms iiss . . . / La Last st week week I saw ... B: W hat hat’’s it about about?? Do you think I’I ’d like it?
DVD PREVIEW
► DVD V IEW
1 Wo rk in pairs and discuss.
3A
1 Wh at type of music music do you you like like??
1 A woman in a red red dress is is sing singing ing/dan /dancing. cing.
2 Do you lik like e concerts or music festivals? festivals? Wh y/W hy no nott?
2 A man is is carrying some
3 Wh at do people often often do at music music festivals? Tick the activities in the box:
4 A man is sitting and eating in fron frontt of a
listen to music / sleep in a hotel dance cook food watch films sleep in in tents go to bed early playgames take their children children wear unusual clothes
2
Before you watch, underline the alternative you think is correct.
boots/socks.
3 Some people are sitting sitting outside on a chair/sofa.
beach hut/tent. 5 A child is playing playing with a big orange/white ball. putting up a hut/tent 6 Some people are putting 7 A band is playing at 8
night/in the afternoon. Families are playing games/eating and drinki ng in the tea tent.
B Watch the DVD and check your answers.
Read the programme information and
answer the questions. What is Bestival? When and where is it?
B I D S Inside Out
I
nsi nside de Out is a TV
series that looks at surprising stories from well-known places around England. In this programme the presenter goes to Bestival, a music festival which takes place in the Isle of Wight every September. September. H e finds out what types of people go
4
W hy do people come to the festival? Watch the DV D again and list listen en
to the festival, what they do when they are there and why they go.
to what the people say. say. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F )? 1 It’s It’s a holid holiday ay for the fam family ily.. T 2 People are away from their normal jobs. 3 People can buy music CD s. 4 Festivals are a playgrou playground nd for grownups (adults). 5 People can meet famous bands and singers. 6 Young people and old people can mix together.
5
Listen again and complete the the sentence s It s like opening your back door, going down to the end of , getting in your shed with your baby and , and then calling it a 3
-V
aaasrv-
:s
Well, I suppose it g give ivess everybody a chance just just to be themselves and just... be 4_______________ ... and be away from their normal
T h e community gettin getting g together and and the 6___________ mixin mixing g with 1 older 7______________ . W e make 8______________ , we do pop festivals, we II go anywhere, do anything.
speakout describe an event
writeback a review
6A
7A
Think about a recen recentt event you went tto, o, e. e.g. g. a
festival, a concert, a sports event, an exhibition, a
Read this web review from the Edi Edinburgh nburgh Fest Festival. ival.
Wh at type of event iiss it?
play/dance o r comedy show. Use the questions below to make notes about it. • What was it? • When and where was it? • What did you do or see? • What did you think of it? • Do you recommend it? B © 8 .9 List Listen en to someone talkin talking g about an even eventt he/sh e went to re recentl cently. y. Wha t was it? Did he/she enjoy it? C
Read the k key ey phrases below. The n list listen en again and
tick the ones you hear.
keyphrases
26-09-11
listener
Posting 1
Last night we went to see Adam Hills at the Stand. We went because a good friend of mine recommended the show. Hills is a popular comedian from Australia and this is his first time in Europe. His show is called H appy Feet Feet because because he loves dance music from 1930s America. He's a very good story-teller - really ffunn unny. y. We never neve r stoppe stopped d laughing and one hour was too short. We wanted more! I really recommend the show - 1thoug thought ht H Hill illss wa wass grea great! t! Go and se see e hi him m before he returns to Australia.
[Last week/month/year/Recently] I went to ... It was in (place). I/W e went bec becaus ause e ... I tthink hink it was good for [children/families/teenagers/ music lovers]. It co st ... / It was ffre ree. e. I thought it was [great/terrible]. I [really liked/really enjoyed/didn’t really like/hated]
B Read the review a again gain a and nd put the topics in the correct order. a) W ha t was good/bad about iit? t? b) Why did you go? c) What was it? d) When and where was it?
1
it because ... C Write a revi review ew of 80 -1 0 0 words about the event D Wo rk iin n groups and take turns. One student:
you talk talked ed ab ou outt in Ex er erci cise se 6 D . Us e ph ras es from fro m
talk about your event. U se the key phrases to help.
the review above to help you. you.
Ot her students: lis listen ten and ask two questions about each event.
8.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK ACTIVITIES
CLOTHES
4A
1 A Complete the puzz puzzle le wi with th the verb phrases an and d fi find nd the hidden message.
1 tra/ners 4 j
f 1
t
a k
2
1 3
4
h
e
P h
1
h
o
s
t
h
e
b
e
a
t
k f
7
t
e
1 r
5
o
r
f
e
e
b
o
o
t
i
m
a
r
t
Wh at are the clothes? Add the vowels.
a
c
h
j
a
z
z
2
sh
s
3
s_cks
ns
5 tr 6 sk_rt
s_r s
7 T-s T-sh_rt h_rt 8 j_ck_t
9 t_p
B Work in pairs pairs and take turns. Student A: say an item of clothing. Student B : say the name of a person who is wearing it in the class.
e
PRESEN T S SIM IMPL PLE E A N D | P RE R E SE SE N T C O N T I N U O U S
k
5A Write questions about students in yo ur cla ss. ss . Us e th e pre presen sen t sim ple and present continuous.
B Wo rk in groups a and nd discuss. Which two activities a above bove do you usually do with o other ther people/alone /outside?
P R ES ES E EN NT CO NTINU OU S
2A
Complete the sentences. Use the present continuous of the verb
in brackets. 1 It It
. (rain)
1 wear gl glas asse sess (usually/today)
D oes Mi a usu usual ally ly wear glasse glasses? s? Is she wearing them tod today? ay? 2 use an electronic dictionary (usually/now) 3 che w gum ( often/at the mom moment ent)) 4 speak En English glish (always in class/now) 5 we ar black (often/today)
over the building, (fly)
2 A plane plane
3 S om e on e
and reading, (sit)
4 Students
. (talk) on hi s/her computer.
5 S o m e on e 6 People 7 Ch hiildren
past the building, (drive) ■(play)
8 S om e on e
a phone call, (make)
B Work in pairs pairs and ttake ake turns. As k a and nd answer the question questions. s.
RECOMMENDING 6A
Write the convers conversation ation in full. full.
A: I want / read a good book. What / recommend? B: What kind / books / you like?
B Wo rk in pairs. Which of the thi things ngs above are happening outside your classroom at the moment?
A: Travel books and good stories.
DESCRIBING APPEARANCE
B: I / got Life good.
3A
A: What / it about?
Use the prompts below to write complete questions.
Is iti t a man or a woman? dark ark hair? dark ha hair? ir? H as he/she got d
of Pi by by Yann Martel. It / very
1 man / w wom oman an??
B: It / about a boy and a tiger on a boat.
2 he/sh e /
A: you / think I / like it it??
3 he/ she / lon long g ha hair? ir?
B: Yes, I do.
4 he/sh e / tal tall? l?
A: OK. Can / borrow it?
5 he/sh e / black sweater?
B: Sure.
6 he/sh e / in her/his twent twenties? ies?
7 he/sh e / brown shoe shoes? s? 8 he/sh e / blue eyes eyes??
B Wo rk in groups a and nd take turns. One student: think of a student iin n
yes es or no. The other stu the class. Answe r questions wi with th y students: dents: ask the questions above and your own questions. Gu ess the name of the student.
B Ask three other other students for bo book ok recommendations. Which of the books would you like to read?
BBS
V IID DEO PO DCAST Download the p odcast an and d view people describing films films and th eir favouri favourite te actors/ actresses. — B B C in t e r v i e w www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UNIIT 9 UN SPEAKING 1
Talk about about ttypes ypes of transport > Apologise fo r be being ing lat late e 1 Tell a long long stor y 1 Deal with with problems when
flying
LISTENING 1 Listen Listen tto o a mus museum eum tour > Listen to a man talk
UNIT
about his problems getting to wo rk 1 W atch an extract from from a
documentary about a day at Heathrow airport
READING 1 Read an article about Pari Pariss
Citybikes
WRITING > W rite a story u usin sing g llinker inkerss > W rite an email email abo about ut your experience at an airport
BBC CONTENT 0 Video podca podcast st:: Ho w do you ge gett to w or k? © D V D : Ai A i r po p o rt rt
transport ► T ravel in style
► C it y b i k e s
► Airport
9.1 TRA RAVE VELL IN ST STYL YLE E ► GRA M M AR | ar artticle icless
VOCABULARY
I ► V O C A B U LA R Y | tr tran ansp spor ortt coll collo ocati cation onss I ► H O W T O | tal alk k abou aboutt way ayss to trav ravel
transport collocations
1 A Work in pai pairs. rs. Which types of transport ccan an yo you u see in the pictures? Tick the corr ect words in the box. bus plane train horse motorbike
taxi car foot
helicopter
bike
B Look at the word webs below and cross out the ty type pe of transport which does not go with the verb. Then add a correct type of transport to to each word web. a train
a taxi
a bus
a taxi
ca r
a bike
foot
a ho r se
LISTENING 2A
Ma Match tch pictures A -C with the ttitles itles below. below.
1 A monora monorail il ttrain rain from the World Fair in Seattle, Seattle, USA, 1962 2 The ‘Hiller Hor net ’ - a home h helico elicopter, pter, 1 19 951 3 A plane with a car that comes of off, f, 1948 in * pa page ge 1 159 59 P H OT OB A N K
C Work in pairs and ttake ake turns turns.. Student A: say a type of transport. Student B: say the verbs that can go with it.
A A:: bike bik e B: go by bike, get on a bike, ride a bike ...
B ® 9.1 Listen to a museum museum g guide uide and answer tthe he questions. 1 Whi ch transport ideas from a above bove does he talk about? about? 2 W ha t are his his favourite ways of trav travellin elling? g?
D Work in pairs and discuss.
C Listen again. again. W hat ’s the problem problem with each transport idea?
1 How do you us usua ually lly get to work/school?
D Work in pair pairss an and d discuss. Wh at do you li like ke
2 W ha t’s your ffavouri avourite te ttype ype of transport transport?? Why?
about each idea? Which one was successful? Wh y?
3 Wh ich types of transpor t don’t you like using using?? W hy not? not?
9.1 GRAMMAR
articles:
a/an, the, no article
5A
and write a short answer.
® 9.2 Listen to an extra extract ct from the the museum tour 3A and complete the text with a/an, the, - (no article).
How do you get
By car. car.
B Find exa examples mples for rul rules es a) -f ) from the text above. Rules: a) Usually use a/an before singular nouns:
I ’ve g ot a ca car.r.
5
b) Usually use no article before plural nouns: ________
c) Usually use no article before cities an and d countries:
Madr i d i s in Spain.
________
d) Use no article in some phrases:
by car, on foot, go to
schoo school,l, at wor workk . e) Usually use the before nouns when th ere’s only one: the sun . f) Use the in some phrases: in the morning on the right, in the city centre. ________
________
________
to school / to work / home?
W hat are three thing thingss you like
Loo k at thi thiss photo on 1 left. It’s from 2________ World Fair in 3 Seattle. That Th at was in 1962. 4 monorails wer e 5 ver very y popular idea in _ A me me ri c a a att that time. . people w wa a n t ed to leave their cars a t 8____ home and go to 9_ work by 10 public transport.
I love love cars cars..
Look at questions 1-5 . Cho ose one of the e endings ndings
when you were a child?
/ you don’ don’tt like / you liked
W ha t’s a famous famous city in India /
China / Africa? Afr ica? When do you check your emails emails / do yo your ur home homework work / rela r elax? x? W ha t’s the nam name e of the President President of the USA / the student next to you / the teacher?
B Wo rk in pairs and ttake ake turns. Student A: rea read d your answers to the questions above. Student B: close your book and guess the question.
A A:: B: A A:: B: A A::
B y car. H ow do you g et to scho school? ol? N o. H ow do yyou ou g et ttoo wo work? rk? Yes! speakout ^
When you write a noun in your notebook, put it in a short phrase. This shows how to use the word with the articles a/an, the or no article. For example: in the city centre, centr e, hhe’ e’s a
doctor, I like cats.
ill# ill#-- page 144 LA N G U A G E B A N K C (► (►)) 9.3 We usu ally pronounce a /a/ /a/ and
the Ida! in in
SPEAKING
phrases/sentences. Listen Listen and write the four phrases you
6A
Wo rk iin n pai pairs. rs. Look at the pictur pictures es of transport
hear. Then listen again and repeat.
inventions below. Think of two problems with each invention.
1
___________________________________________________________________
2
_________________________________________________________
3
___________________________________________________________________
4
___________________________________________________________________
The Horseless Horseless Sulky - i t’ t’ss difficult to turn. B Wo rk in pairs. Student A: look
D
Listen again again and check your answ ers. Then liste listen n a and nd
at page 164.
repeat.
Student B: look at
PRACTICE
page 161. 161.
4A
Work in pairs and complete the sentences. Use
a/an, the or -
(no article). article).
1 There was
a
big probl problem em with eac each h one one..
2 The re are some monorail monorailss in many. 3 Lo ok at this photo. Is th at 4 Peo People ple wante wanted d to fly from York. 5 The re w as
world ... bu butt not very
car und er pla plane ne?? Los Angel Angeles es t o New
eng engine ineerin ering g problem.
6 W e laug laugh h at this now, bu t about it.
people wer e very serious
7 Peopl People e wanted to leave home in to wo rk by pri privat vate e hel helico icopte pter. r. 8
The Horseless Sulky
morni morning ng and and go
helicop helicopters ters are very diffic difficult ult to fly fly..
B Chec k your answ ers in audio script 9 9.1 .1 on pa page ge 173 173.. The Lightning Bug
9.2 CITYBIKES }
G R A M M A R | can/can’t, have to/don’t have to I ► VO CA BU LA RY |adjec |adjectiv tives es I ► HO W TO | tal talk k about about transport transport
6A
Paris by Citybike
SPEAKING 1 Work in pairs pairs a and nd discuss. 1 Is there a lot of traffic where you live? 2 Whe n is the worst time to travel? travel? 3 Do you prefer to travel around around your town/city by car, by public transport, by bike or on foot? Why?
VOCABULARY
adjectives
2A Circle three adjectives to complete the sentence: Cycling in the city is
fast
PRACTICE
c°nvenient
easY
With 20,000 bikes and 1,450 pick-up stations, Velib is Paris’s free bike scheme. Cyclists can take a bike from one pick-up station and leave it at any other station in the city. Yves Guesnon, a businessman, loves travelling to work with the wind blowing in h is hair. ‘There’s ‘There’s a station near my flat and another one twenty metres from my office, so i t’s perfect. perfect. I can get to work in ten minutes. It takes thirty minutes by metro.’ 'The scheme is good for everyone, Paris Parisians ians and and tourist tourists,’ s,’ a city official said. ‘The only condition* is that you have to be over fourteen and healthy.'
safe
2 You
drive on the left in the UK.
3 You by bus.
drive in the town centre, so so come
4 You 5 You It’s dangerous!
be sixteen or over to drive in Canada. use you r mobile when you drive.
6 You wear a seatbelt in your car - the driver and all the passengers.
7 You wear a helmet on bikes but it’s safer if you do wear one. 8 You O t h e r times you
GRAMMAR can/can’t, have to/don’t have to 5A
inconvenient
Underline the correct alternative. Then check your answers in the article. inthe city. can/can’t leave the bike at any station inthe A thirteen-year-old thirteen-year-old ch child ildcan/can’t use use the bikes. Users have to/don’t have to be healthy. Users have to/don ’t have haveto to pay for the first
1 You 2
unhealthy
3
uncomfortable
4
difficult
B Match sentences 1-4 above with meanings a)—d). a) It’s necessary.
healthy
fast - slow C ® 9.4 Listen Listen and check. check. D Listen aga again in and underline the stressed syllable.
7A Work in groups. Studen t A: look at page 162. Student B: look at page 160. Student C: look at page 16 165. 5. Complete the table below with information about each city’s tourist card. ‘I love love Amsterdam’ card
Look in your dictionary to find the pronunciation of new words. Longman WordWise Diction Dictionary ary shows shows the word stress with a ’ before the main stress, e.g. /'d ifik olt / difficult. Find dangerous in your dictionary. How does it show stress?
3 Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: you like bikes. Student B: you like cars. Talk about which is better and why.
A: Cars a re faster. B: Yes, but they’re they’re more dangerous!
The Madrid card
The Prague card
Price
b) It’s not necessary. c) It’s OK.
READING Look at the photos of Velib, the citybike system in Paris. Write three questions with how much, how many, who or where. 1 How muc much h
Transport
d) It’s not OK.
4A
does it cost to use a bike
_____________________________________
2 How many___________________________________________________________________ 3 Wh o/Wh ere ________________________________________________________________
^speakout
park here for free between 11 and 3. pay.
SPEAKING
thirty minutes.
po ll ut in g
B Match each adjective to its opposite. opposite.
go by underground, bus or taxi to
B Work in pairs. Which sentences are true for your town/city?
“ W f o n a & fe fe
green
can/can’t, have to/
get to the airport
Users have to pay twenty-nine euros a year and give their credit card details. They don’t have to pay for the first thirty minutes. After that, they have to pay one euro for the second half-hour. The scheme is very popular, but there’s one problem. Some people ride the bikes downhill in the morning and then take the metro home in the evening, i ’m just not fit enough,’one man explained. ’Ican't cycle up the hill to my flat.' So every evening, city workers have to bring the bikes back uphill in a lorry! ‘condition = rule
slow
dangerous
Complete the senten sentences ces with
don’t have to. I You can
C Complete the table bel below. ow. Tourists
the bikes.
Children
the bikes.
Entry to museums etc.
their credit card detailss..
Other
Users
B Read the article. Did you find find the answers to your three questions? C Are the sentences true (T) or false false (F)? Change the false ssentences entences so that they are true. 1 You leave the bicycle in the same same place you took it. 2 Yves Guesnon uses a bike because because it’s fast. fast.
D ® 9.5 List Listen en to senten sentences ces 1-4. Circle Circle the the correct pronunciation.
1 /kan/
3 Tourists can’t use the bikes.
2 /kant/
4 Small children can use the bikes.
3 /haeftu:/
5 It costs one euro for one hour’s cycling cycling..
for the first half hour.
have to
/k /kaen/ aen/ /kaint/ /haefta/
4 /daunthaeftu:/
/daonthaefta/
6 City work ers ride the bikes uphill in the evening. evening.
E Listen aga again in and check. Then lis listen ten and repeat, D Work in pairs and discuss. Is the Citybike system a good good idea for your town/city? Why/Why not?
ill* page 144 L A N G U A G E B A N K
B Work in groups. Ask and answer questions tto o complete the information information about the other cities. Which city has got the best tourist card system?
I think Prag ue has got the best system because it’s the cheapest. C Work in pairs. Talk about travell travelling ing in two or thr three ee towns/cities you know.
A: W hat ’s the best way to g et around your ci ty? B: You can buy a travelcard for buses and underground trains. But sometimes it ’s faster to walk!
9.3 SOR SORRY RY I’M LATE > FU FUNCT NCTIION | apologisi apologising ng
VOCABULARY
►
VOCABULARY | excuses
5A
Work in pairs. Complete the conversation between a student and a teacher.
excuses
1 Wo rk in pairs a and nd discuss. Are you often lat late e for work, school school or meetings meetings?? Why /W hy not?
2A
► LEAR LEARN N TO | tell a long story
Sorry / late. I’m afraid ...
Work in pairs and matc match h 1- 5 to a)- e) bel below. ow.
I I lo s t - ^
a) br broke down.
2 I m is is s e d ^ \ 3 My car
b) my alarm clock. c) the train.
4 T h e traffic
d) m my y keys.
5 I didn’t hear
e) w wa a s bad.
(say (s ay the reason reason)) that’s ... And then ...
(say (s ay what happened ne next) xt)
with the word s in the box. the bus
my ticket
was terrible
Reall Really, y, don’t don’t ...
*
B Look at the co collo llocati cations ons abo above ve an and d write sent sentences ences
V
I feel really bad about it. the phone
didn’ didn’tt start B W ork iin n pairs and have another conversation.
FUNCTION 3A
apologising
Look at the cartoon
Apologise for being late. Choose one of the the pairs below. • a studen studentt - a teacher
• a frie friend nd - a friend friend
• a wor ker - the boss
• a child child - a parent
and answer the questions. Who are the people? Wh at’s the problem? What do you think happened? B Read the text and che check ck you r ans wer s.
correct alternatives in the sentences below. 1 Look Look,, I’m I’m really/real sorry I’m late.
terribly/terrible sorry I’m late. I feel terribly/terrible about it. I’m afraid/sorry my my train hit a cow!
2 I’m 3 4
B ® 9.6 Listen and check. Then llist isten en and repea repeat. t. C Look at the responses b belo elow. w. Is the boss h happy appy (✓) or unhappy (X) about the situation? 1 I don’ don’tt bel believ ieve e yo you. u. 2 It’s half past nine!
C Listen to other studen ts’ conversation s. Guess their roles.
LEARN TO 6A
|tell a long story
Look at tthe he online online diary ex extract tractss bel below. ow. Wh y was
OK, I didn’t hear my alarm so I woke up late and missed my train. I got the next one, but then the train stopped stop ped in the middle of nowhere ... for twenty minutes! The guard said there was a signal problem and then the air-conditioning stopped working! Imagine, no air-conditioning in the middle of summer! I was two and a half hours late for work and really hot and sweaty. My boss was very unhappy. unhappy. Wednesday Service: 0 points. Originality: 10 points. We stopped again, for no reason, but then there there was a reason - not the signals, not not the engine but a cow on the line! Poor thing, we didn’t stop in time. This time, I was two hours late fo forr work and my boss didn’t believe me ...
3 Do n’t wo rry about it. it. 4 Tha t’s OK . No prob problem. lem.
B ® 9.7 Liste Listen n to the man man talk to a collea colleague. gue. Which
5 D on ’t let it happen aga again. in.
two days does he talk about?
ill* pa page 144 LAN G U A GE BA N K
C
Listen again. Whi ch two things are different from the
online diary above?
7A
Look at the linkers in the box and circle them in the listening extract below.
SPEAKING 8A
first of all and but then after that
so
finally
becau because se
Imagine you are late for an important eve nt/ situation, e.g. a wedding, a birthday party, an English lesson, a date with a boy/girlfriend, a meetin meeting, g, a job interview, the doctor’s. Make notes about five things that
(First of ajpl got up late because I didn’t hear my alarm, so I only woke up at 8.3 0. 1ra 1ran n to the trai train n statio station n - usu usually ally I wal walk k - but I missed the train by two minut minutes! es! Then I waited for the next train, the 9.15, and everything was fine until until we just stopped - just stopped - in the middle of nowhere. nowher e. T he guar guard d said that there was a sig signa nall problem. Afterr that, the air-conditio Afte air-conditioning ning stopped working. It was like an an oven - at least a thousand degrees! Fina Finally, lly, after forty minutes, we started moving ... very, very slowly. B Wo rk in pairs and discuss. 1 Whic h link linkers ers do y you ou use for the be begi ginn nning ing and en end d of the story? 2 Wh Which ich tw two o linkers m mean ean next in the story?
^speakout
TI P
Linkers join sentences in a story and help the listener to follow and understand the story better. When you next tell a story, practise using the linkers in Exercise 7A.
happened. U se the photos to help. Think about: • Wh en was it it?? • Wh ere were y you ou?? • W ho we re yo you uw with ith?? • What happened? • W ha t di did d you do? • W ha t happened finally finally?? B Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Stude nt A: tell your story. Student B: show interest and ask follow-up questions.
A: A : Fir st ooff all, my car ca r brok br okee down .. . B: Oh no! Th at’ at’ss te terri rri ble ble!! W hat did yo youu do? 9 Write your story using your notes above. Remember to use linkers.
1 Wo rk in in pairs and discuss. Wha t are the good and bad things about airp orts and flying?
4A
2A
1 People People are que queuin uing. g.
Put the actions below in the corre ct order order..
a) check in
Look at the sentences. U se a dictionary to check the
meaning meani ng of any new words. 2 Some men are makin making g phone calls. calls.
1
b) the plane takes off c) go through security
3 A woman is readin reading g a news newspaper. paper. 4 Tw o men are pl playin aying g chess.
d) wait in the departure lounge
5 People are sleeping every everywhere. where.
e) get on the plane
6 A man is arguing at a check-in desk.
•••I
7 A family is eating pizza.
f) go to the departure gate g) do some tax-free shopping
8 Some boys are skateboarding skateboarding..
h) go through passport control
B Watch the DVD. Tick the activities above you see.
B ® 9 .8 Listen Listen a and nd check. check. Then liste listen n and and repeat. repeat.
C
C Work in pairs pairs and take take turns. Student Student A: say one of the actions in Exercise 2A. Student B: say the next action.
You check in and then then you .. . ? B: Go through security and then you ... ?
Watch again and listen to four people talk about the situation. Match the person w ith the activity. activity.
is tryi trying ng t o g e t ttoo Amsterdam Amsterdam.. Woman
A:
3 Read the programmer information and answer the questions. 1Why are the planes late at Heathrow Airport?
M an
2 What do you think passengers do while they wait?
B B S A irp o rt
A-irport
is a TV series about day-to-day life at one of the busiest internationall airports in the internationa world, Lond on Heathrow. Heathrow. In tonight’s programme, there’s a computer problem in the
w ants tto o go tto o B e rlin rlin . is there there w ith her grandm other and parents.
Woman 2J thinks everything js ye yerv rv ^ Man u
\
control tower and flights are delayed delay ed for hours. Hundreds Hund reds of passengers have to wait in the crowded terminal so the programme looks at how peop le are are feeling and how they spend their time waiting.
*
very ‘Z ‘Z en ’
hotel. there e w ith her son and d aughter aughter.. is ther
speakout deal with a problem 5A
Work in pairs pairs.. Rea Read d probl problems ems 1- 8 below and
discuss. Which do you think are the tthree hree worst problems? 1 You want to check iin, n, b but ut there are no more se seats ats on the plane. 2 Yo ur bagga baggage ge is too heav heavy. y. You have to pay 200 euros, but you don’t have enough money. 3 Yo ur ffligh lightt is is de delayed layed by twenty-four hours. You want the airline to pay for a hotel. 4 You get on a long-distance flight. flight. Th er e’s a screaming child in the seat next to you. 5 You ord ordered ered a v vegetar egetarian ian mea meal, l, but when yo your ur food arrives, it’s chicken curry. 6 You’re Yo u’re on the plan plane e an and d very tired. The person next to you wants to talk ... and talk.
7 You arri arrive ve and g go o to get your lugg luggag age. e. You se see e your bag but another passenger picks it up. 8 You arrive a rrive and go to pi pick ck u up p yo your ur lug lugga gage ge.. It never
comes out out.. B (►) (►) 9. 9 Listen to the conversation. Which problem
writeback an email
6 A Complete the email below. below.
does the passenger have? C Listen again again and tick the key phrases you h hear. ear.
keyphrases I’m sorry, but there’s a (small) problem here. I understand the situation, but it’s very important that I get on this plane! I see, but... Let me explain [one more time/again]. You don’t understand. It’s your job to [find a hotel/bring me a meal/etc.] Can I speak to the person in charge, please?
D W ork iin n pair pairs. s. Choose a problem from Exercise 5A and role-play the situation. U se the key phrases to help.
Well, I’m finally here in 2 ( but the jo ur ne y 3 ! I arriv arrived ed at the airport airpo rt ye yeste ste rd rday ay at 4 , but wh en I got there 5_________________ , so I 6_________________ . At 7 o’clock 8__________________ and so I 9_______________. Then I had a good idea. I 10_________________ and then I 11 __________________ . After that I 12_________________ . The plane finally On the plane, I thought everything was fine and then 15_________________ . That made me really angry, so I 16_________________ . What a nightmare! I’m trying to get some sleep now. Speak to you soon, 17_________________ B Write an email to a friend. Te Tell ll them about a problem you had at an airport/o n a plane.
9.5 « LOO LOOKBA KBACK CK TRANSPORT 1 A What are the adjectives adjectives?? Add the vowels. Then match them with their opposites.
4A
Complete the rules with the
correct alternatives. In a library ...
2 _nh __ ___ _ Ithy
fast
1 You can’t/don’t have to talk on yourr mobile phone. you
3 pJ_t_ng
safe
___ _s 4 d _n g _r__
expensive
2 You can’t/don’t have to pay for a book before you take it out.
5 d _f _ff_ cc__ lt lt
green
6 sl_w
healthy
B Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: choose a type of transport. Student B: guess the transport.
Is iitt fast or slo slow? w? A A:: Fast. rk in groups. Make a list of 2 Wo the things that:
a bike, .. .
can’t/don’t have to smoke.
At ho me. . . 5 You can/have want. 6 You
B:
1 yo you u can can rid ride e
On a plane ... 3 You can/have to wear a seat belt when the plane takes off. off. 4 You
T E L L A L O N G S T OR OR Y
5A
Wor k in pairs and take turns. Student A: close your book book.. Student B: ask your p artner to ttell ell you wo rd s to put in tthe he spac sp aces es
easy
1 che op
2
CA CANN /CAN /CA N ’T, HA VE TO/DON ’T HA VE TO TO
to do anything you
1-10. Write them in the spaces and then read the story.
A: A : Tell Tell me an adjecti adjective. ve. B: funny Today was a 1_______________ . day. day. (an adjective)
First of all, I got up late because I didn’t hear 2__________________ knock (a student’s name)
on my door. Finally , 3
can’t/don’t have to pay to eat.
(a celeb rity’s name)
phoned me on my mobile and
B Choose three of the places
woke me up. I went to the
below and write two sentences for each place. Use can/can’t , have to /
_, (a room in a house)
don ’t ha have ve to.
put on
my 5
and
(a piece of clothing)
you can drive
6__________________ and ran out of the (another piece of clothing)
3 you can get on and off
1 _ _
4 you do in in an airport
door. Then my
5 can g go o wrong with transport to make you late for work/school
didn’t start, so I took a
(a type of transport)
8
_. But I got on the
(another type type of transport)
ARTICLES
wrong one and it went all the way
3 A Complete the sentences with a/an,
to 9_________________ . I phoned my
the o r no no article article (-) .
(the name of a city)
boss from there, but he didn’t
1 Mos Mostt of us hav have e to us e alarm alarm clock cloc k to wake up in morn morning. ing.
2
believe my story, so I lost my job.
Two of u uss didn’ didn’tt hav e ____ breakfast this morning.
3 Th ree of us liv live e in centre.
Th at’s OK - I never liked liked working ~c - 10
town/c ity
(a job)
a beach
a cinema
4 All of us think thi nk bikes are better tha n cars for travelling travelling in the town/city centre. 5 On e of us has go t 6 Half of us to ok weekend.
7 None of us go train.
motorbi motorbike. ke. taxi taxi home last last home by ____
B Wo rk iin n pairs. Write the questions and ask other students. Was the
B Work in ggroups. roups. Read your story
\
a hospital
to the other students. Which is the funniest?
□□S | .
a friend’s housea
j
Download the podcast I ^ I a and nd vi view ew pe peop ople le talking talki ng about the ir I t 1 jo u urr n ne ey yss t o and f rro o m wo rk and how long they take.
information informatio n above true o r false?
A A:: D o you ha have ve to uuse se an alar m cl clock ock to wake up in the morning? B: Yes, I do. I have to use two
VIDEO PODCAST
C Work in pa pairs irs and take turns. Student A: read out your sentences.
Authentic
because I can t wake up!
Student B: guess the place.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
UNIT 10 SPEAKING 1 Talk a about bout you yourr futur future e plans/wishes 1 Makes predictions about situations 1 Make suggestions and learn to say no politely
LISTENING
1 Listen to a radio intervie interview w with lottery winners
UNIT
1 Wat ch an extract from a documentary about the wettest place in Europe
R EAD I N G 1 Read an an extra ct from a an n instruction instru ction boo k about survival 1 Read an an a article rticle with tips tips on things to do with your friends
WRITING 1 Improve your use of linke linkers rs and write a short story 1 W rite a message message board notice about your country
BBC CONTENT § Video po podca dcast: st: Wh at are are yourr plans for the future? you © D VD : Wild Wild Weat Weather her
10.1 LIFE’S A LLO OTTERY ► G R A M M A R | be going to; would like to
I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | pl pla ans
I ► H O W T O | ta talk lk abou aboutt futu future re pl pla ans/w ns/wis ishe hess
LISTENING
GRAMMAR be going to; would like to
1A
2A
Look at the photo below and re read ad tthe he newspaper extract.. W hat’s surprising about the story? extract
Look at the sent sentences. ences. Then u underl nderline ine the ccorrect orrect
alternative to complete the rules below. 1 W e’re g goi oing ng to get mar marrie ried. d. 2 I’ I’d d like to learn to drive.
Big Mac couple's lotto win A couple who work together at McDonald's say they have no plans to stop working after winning £1.3 million on the lottery.
Rules: 1 U se be going to when you
have/don’ have/ don’tt have a definite plan.
2 Use would like to when you want to do somethin something g or when you have/don’t have a definite plan. B Look at audio script 1 10. 0.1 1 on page 174 a and nd complete the table with the correct forms of be going to and would like
to.
E la in e Gib Gibb b s , twe n ty -e ig h t, a n d A le d B e v a n , twe n ty -th re e , fro m C a rrd d if iff, f, m e t fo u r
I’
years ago at wo rk and learnt about their
W e ’____
b ig w i n l a s t T h u r s d a y . 'W e 'r e g o in g to s t a y
H e _____
going
buy
some new clothes,
look for
a house.
buy
a car.
h e r e . I t 's 's a n e n j o y a b le le j o b a n d t h e y t r e a t u s w e ll' s a id Ale d d..
I’ W e ’____
learn to drive. move.
like
going W hat
y ou
do?
like
C © 1 0 .2 Lis Listen ten and and check your answers answers.. D Circle the correct pronunciation of g oi ng
would. Then
listen a again gain and repeat.
1 go goin ing g /t u :/ 2 / w u d /
to and
goin going g /to /
/wuld/
lint lint page 146 LA N G U A G EB A N K
PRACTICE 3A
Write the sentences in full. Use
be g oing to or would
lik e to. to. B Wo rk in pairs and discuss. How do you thi think nk tthe he
1 I / lik like e / move into a b big ig fla flatt / city ce centre. ntre.
couple plan to spend their money?
I ’d like li ke to move into a big flat in the city centre.
C © 10 .1 Listen to a rradio adio interv interview iew and check your
2 I / lik like e / drive / sports car. car.
ideas. Tick the couple’s plans.
3 I / go / have / holiday / in the Caribbean .
• m ove house
4
I/
not
/ go / buy / any presents / my family and friends.
• stop wo rk
5 I/
lik like e
/ move / to anoth another er country.
• get married
6 I / go / buy / a boat.
• buy a car
7
I/
lik like e
/ start / my own busines business. s.
• travel around the world
8 I /
not
/ go / keep / all the money for myself. myself.
• have a holiday • buy som some e clothes • start a family
B Ima Imagine gine you won the lott lottery ery yesterday yesterday.. Wh at are your plans? Change the sentences so that they are true for you. C Work in pa pairs irs and ccompare ompare your answers.
D
Discuss. Wh at do you tthink hink of Elaine and
Aled’s plans?
10.1 VOCABULARY 4A
Complete the collocations with verbs from the box.
have start
2
3 4
buy go for get move do go learn stay
have
1
plans
__________
a holi holiday day,, a barbecue, a party married, a new suit, a job
__________
nothing, a course, a lot of exercise shopping, clubbing, jogg jogging ing
5
__________
in, with friends, at a hotel
6
__________
Spanish, to drive, to swim
7
__________
a walk, a bike ride, a drink
8
__________
a new job, a family, a new business
9
__________
to another country, house, into a flat
10
__________
a present for a friend, a boat, some jeans
__________
B Work in pairs. Student A: say tthe he verb. Student B: say the phrases tha t go with the verb. C
Look at tthe he col collocations locations in Exercise 4A agai again. n. Add a
new phrase to each verb.
I T speakoi
TIP TI P
_
Wh en you stud study, y, make lists lists of word s that go ttoget ogether. her. Co ve r al alll the verbs, verbs, and try to remember them. Then cov er the other words and try to remember the full phrases.
SPEAKING 5A
W hat are you going to do/would you like to do iin n
the future? Complete the table using your own ideas or the photos to help. You this weekend
shoppi ng
Stu dent 1
Student 2
basketball
next week
next year
B Work in groups. As k an and d answer questions about your plans/wishes for the future. Make notes in the table.
A : Rafael, Raf ael, wha whatt are yyou ou ggoi oing ng to do thi s weeken w eekend? d? B: Well, I ’m ggoing oing to watch a bas basketball ketball mat match ch .. . C Te Tell ll the the class about ssomeone omeone in your group. Can they guess who it is?
A : This week weekend, end, h e’ e’ss g oing to w watch atch a bask basketball etball m match atch and next month he’s going to do a course in sports educa ed ucation. tion. N ext year h e’d e’d like to go to the USA. C: Is it Rafael?
10.2 SURVIVE! GRAMMAR | will, mig mi g ht w won’ on’tt
VOCABULARY
VOCABULARY | phrases with get ► H O WT W T O | make predictions
phrases with get
1 A Work in pairs pairs.. Look at the four photos and discuss. 1 Whe re are the p peo eopl ple? e? 2 Wh ich situation is the most da dangerou ngerous? s? Why? B Look at sentences 1- 5 below and and discuss. Which ones can happen at sea (S) and which can happen in the desert (D)? Which can happen in both (SD)? 1 You don’t have eno enoug ugh h water so you get thirsty. S D 2 Sharks are swimming around. 3 The re are snakes and insects. 4 You fa fall ll off your yo ur ra raft. ft. 5 You ’re hot and you sweat a lo lot. t.
C Complete the sentences to make phrases with ge t with the wor ds in the box below. hot wet hungry thirsty sunburnt lost tired
bored
1 Whe n I exercise iin n the g gym ym I get get very hot
READING
2 I didn didn’t ’t drink anything al alll day so I got
2A
3 I stay stayed ed up too to o late and I got really
B Wo rk iin n pairs and compare your iideas. deas.
Read the survi survival val tips below. Cros s out the iincorrect ncorrect alternatives.
C Wo rk in pairs. Student A: read tthe he text on page 165. Studen t B: rea read d 4 I forgot my umbrella yeste yesterday rday and I got
the text on page 162. We re you r ideas corre ct? Tel Telll your partn partner. er.
5 I didn’t eat breakfast so I’m gettin getting g 6 I didn’t have a map so I g o t _____________ .
7 I stay stayed ed out in the sun and I got 8 This exercise isn’t very intere interesting sting!! I’m getting_____________ .
The verb get has more than twenty meanings in English! It can mean ‘become’ (get hungry), ‘arrive’ (get home), ‘obtain’ (g (geet a job), ‘buy’ (get a new car) and is in many phrases: get g et uup, p, gget et oonn a plane plane,, g et dressed. When you hear or see the word about which meaning it has. get, gWhich et, think meaning does g et have have in these phrases: get to the airport, g et a new ha hairircu cut,t,
get g et bette better,r, g et some cho choco colatel latel
magine your boat boat sinks sink s and you are alone a lone on a raft in the middle of the sea. Or your car breaks down in the desert and you're far away from the nearest town. Could you survive? Here are some tips to help!
I
A t sea:
In t h e d e s e r t : 1
1 D o / B e t r t s i t in th e b o t t o m o f t h e ra ft .
6
D o / D o n ' t s l e e p on t h e g ro u n d .
2
D o / D o n ' t s l e e p a lot.
7
3
Do/Do n't drink sea water.
D o / D o n ' t t a k e o ff y o u r shirt.
4
Do/Don Do/Don't 't put put ru rubb bbis ish h in in the water.
8
Do /Don 't trave travell in tthe he day.
5
D o //D D o n ''tt m o ov v e a rro o un un d
9
D o //D Don n'' t w e a arr sh sh oe oe ss..
■
too much on the raft.
10 D o //D Don n'' t w e ea ar g gllo ve ve s. s.
10 0
10.2 G RAM M AR will, might, mig ht, won’ w on’t t
S P E A K IN G
3A
5A
Look at the sentences and complete the
Wo rk in pairs. Look at the cart cartoon oon below and discuss.
rules.
1 Wh at happened happened to the pla plane ne?? Wh y did iitt cras crash? h?
1 You’ll You’ll get wet.
2 Ho w are the people from the plan plane e feeling feeling??
2 You w on ’t get sunburn sunburnt. t.
3 W ha t problems m might ight they have? have?
3 You migh mightt sweat too much.
Rules: 1 Which sent sentence ence do we use when we thi think nk something in the future: a) is certain to hap pen?______ b) is possible?______ c) is certain not to happ en?______ 2 W ha t are the full full forms of ’II and w on ’t ’t??
B © 1 0 .3 Lis Listen ten to the sen sentenc tences es 1-3 above above.. Then listen and repeat. C © 1 0 .4 Lis Listen ten and and un under derli line ne the sent sentenc ence e you hear. 1 You’ll get too hot. / You get too hot. 2 W e ’ll fall fall in into to the water. / W e fa fall ll in into to the water. 3 Th ey’ ll sweat too much. / They sweat too much. 4 I’ll get hungry. / I get hungry,
B Wo rk in pairs. Choose three objects from the box below that might help help the people from the plane. Give reasons fo r your choice. choc chocol olat ate e a ra radi dio o su sun n cr cream eam a knif ife e
a box box of matc matche hess a mobi mobile le phon phone e a bott bottle le of water pl pla ayin ing g ca card rdss
lint lint page 146 LA N G U A G EB A N K
/ think
PRACTICE
C Think of three other objects that might be usefu useful. l. Use your dictionary if you you don’t know the word .
4A
Wh at can you remember? Complete tthe he sentences below with ’II, won’t or might _____ 1 Do n’t si sitt iin n the bottom of the rraf aft. t. You 1[ _____ get wet.
2 Do n’t dri drink nk sea water. You _____ __________ _______g __get et thirstier after you drink it. 3 Do n’t put rubbish in the water. Shark Sharkss ___________ come because for them it’s food. 4 Do n’t mov move ea aroun round d on the rraf aft. t. Yo u fall into the water.
__________
5 Do n’t sleep on the sa sand. nd. Y ou ___________ get too warm. 6 Always use su sun n cream. Y o u________ u____________ ____get get sunburnt with it on.
chocolate is useful because they might g et hu chocolate hungry. ngry.
D Wo rk with another pair and compare your objects. Decide which five objects will help the people in the cartoon.
WRITING too, also, as well Look at tthe he ssentences. entences. Wh at is the pos positi ition on of too, in the senten ces? well in
6A
also and as
1 Your body loses a lo lott of water when you swea sweat, t, so relax an and d try to sleep a lot, too. 2 Fish iiss your m most ost important food and it’s also easy to catch. 3 Most fis fish h are safe to eat and you can drink wa ter from fis fish h eyes as well. B Put
too, also and as well into the story.
7 Travel at nig night. ht. Y o u ___________ sweat so much. 8 Always wear shoe shoes. s. Yo u ste step p on a snake, so it’s safer to have them on.
B Read the texts again on pages 162 and 165 to check your answers.
We w walk alked ed al alt morning an and dw wee walked ffor or h' h've ve hours in in the the af afternoon^ ternoon^ °We had had a short breakk hr brea h r lunch. lunch. We stop stopped bar bar a rest in in the ahernoon. ahernoo n. In tthe he eveni evening, ng, 5am 5am taught us how how to kill a snake an and d how how to cook it. I didn didn’’t like like th thee smell, smell, but J ate some and Sam ate som some.
C
Finish the story with your own ideas. Use
too, also and as well.
10.3 LLE ET’S DO SOM SOMET ETHI HING NG ► FUNC FUNCTI TION ON | making suggestions
VOCABULARY | adjectives
► LE LEARN ARN TO | respond to suggestions
adjectives 1 A Look at at the adjectives adjectives in the box. box. Do they all mean O K or or very g ood? ood? brilliant great
wonderful
awesome
amazing
excellent
fantastic
cool
lovely
B How many syllables are in in each adjective? Write the adjectives in the correct column in the table. O
Oo
Ooo
oOo
brilliant
C © 10.5 Listen Listen and check. Then list listen en and repeat.
■ | speakoi Some adjectives are very informal, e.g. cool and fanta fantastic. stic. The Lo Longman ngman WordWi se Dictionary shows shows this as: COOl ad jec tive spoken inform informal al
Use these words with friends, and not in formal situations, e.g. a job interview.
We're all super-busy these days d ays so it's important friends make the most of their time together.. If you're stuck together stuc k for ideas, we've got some suggestions...
READING
Get some exercise! Go swimming or play tennis or go for a walk in the park.
2 A Work in pairs and complete complete the sentences. sentences.
Enjoy a 'movie marathon'. Rent some DVDs, get lots of snacks and spend the day being film critics.
1 Wh en I meet my friends friends,, we usually usually do a) the same sam e old things. things.
Paint a room in your flat. Invite your friends to help you.
b) something different different each time.
Go to a club or a concert or a music festival.
2 W e like doing things a) indoors.
Go to the zoo. Show each other your favourite three animals.
b) outdoors.
Go to the theatre. Read the play together first.
3 At weekends, we meet
Do some internet shopping. Buy something for each other.
a) for just a few hours.
Go for a bike ride and have a picnic lunch.
b) for the whole weekend.
Play a card game. First, look in a book of card games (or on the internet) for a new game.
4 W e need new ideas for things things to do. a) true b) false B Read the article about how to spend spend time with friend s. Tick five activities that that you thi nk a re good go od idea s.
0
Cook so something mething,, e.g e.g.. a ca cake, ke, or din dinner ner.. Try a new recipe tog togeth ether. er. Invite some friends and have a food tasting. Play a computer game together or watch a fitness DVD and practise aerobics or yoga.
C Wo rk in pairs and compare your ideas.
0
Go to an ar artt gallery gallery.. Find a pa paintin inting g you li like ke and talk talk about why you you like iitt.
10.3 FUNCTION
making suggestions
7
W ork in pairs and take take turns. Student A : choose
three weekend activities and make suggestions.
3
(£) 10.6 Listen to two conversations. Which activi activities ties
from the article do the friends decide to do?
4A
Look at the sentences. Und erline ffour our phrases for
making suggestions.
Student B: respond to the suggesti suggestions. ons. When you respond negatively, give a reason.
A A:: W hy don don’’t w wee ggoo for a wal walkk i n the par k ? B: Mmm. I don’t really feel like doing that. It’s too cold!
1 How about goin going g tto o an art galle gallery ry?? 2 W ha t about ha havin ving g a ‘movi ‘movie e marathon’?
SPEAKING
3 Le t’s co ok something. 4 W hy don’t we inv invite ite Augusto and and Carl a for lu lunch nch??
8A
Complete the table with three activities activities you wo would uld
like to do. Write a place and a time next to each activity. B ® 1 0 .7 Complet Complete e the sugg suggesti estions ons bel below. ow. Then lis liste ten n and check. 1 H o w _______________________ to the zoo? 2 W h a t _______________________ something more relaxing? 3 W hy shopping?
some in inte terne rnett . to the theatre.
C
Listen to the sentences agai again. n. Does the speaker
sound positive? Does h is/he r voice start hi high gh or low? D Listen again and repeat.
5A
Complete the suggestions.
1 H ow ow a ab b ou ou t____________ swimming? 2 What about___________ a new recipe? 3 W hy don’ don’tt w e
a picnic picnic lu lunc nch? h?
partner and suggest an activity for tomorrow. Student B:
4 Let’s ___________ to the cinema.
respond and suggest another activity. Use the flowchart
B Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: make a suggestion. suggesti on. Student B: sa y positive or
LEARN TO 6A
O K if if your partner sounds
no thanks if he/she
B Work in pairs and ttake ake turns. Student A: phone your
to help you role-play the conversation. Add your partner’s information to the table above.
doesn’ doesn’t. t.
respond to suggestions
(►) (►) 10.8 Listen to tthe he conversatio conversations ns aga again. in. M Matc atch h the the
suggestions 1-5 with the responses a)-e) below. 1 visitin visiting g an an art g galler allery y 2 cooking
3 inviting friends for lunch 4 a bike ride 5 goin going g to see a play a) Ah, fantastic! b) I don ’t really feel like doing that. c) Sounds lovely. d) That sounds a bit tiring. e) Brilliant! B Look at the phrases a) -e ) above and decide iiff they are positive (+) or negative (-).
lint page 146 LANGUAGEBANK
C
Phone two more sstudents tudents an and d suggest activiti activities. es. Add
their information to the table above. D Wor k in groups. Tel Telll the ot other her students about yo ur pla ns.
I m goi going ng to play te tennis nnis wi with th Alfonso and the thenn I m ggoing oing to ..
10.4 ^j WILD WEATHER DVD PREVIEW 1A
Match Match phras phrases es 1-6 with
picture picturess A -F . It’s stormy. It’s windy. It’s snowing. It’s sunny. It’s cloudy. It’s raining. B Wo rk iin n pairs and take take turns. Student A: point to a photo and ask about the weather. Student B: reply.
like?? A: W hat ’s the weather like
► DVD V IE IEW W
B: I t’s t’s raining. raining.
3A
2A
Read the programme information. Which places do you think the presenter visits for each of the four programm es?
Complete the weather forecast
with the wor ds from the box.
IDID S Wild Weather n
In D ublin today, it ’ll be 1 hot a n d s u n n y w i t h te te m p e r a t u r e s u p to tw enty-five de gre es Celsius Celsius . T o m o r r o w w i l l b e c l o u d y b u t q u i ttee w ith a high of twenty y.. T h i n g s w il il l c h a n g e o n F r i d a y night: i t’ t’ll ll be a 3 n i g h t w i tth h r a i n f r o m m i d n iig g h t tto o e a r lly y ne xt m o r n in in g . T h e t e m p e r a t u r e w i llll fa.ll .ll to te n so it ’ll feel qu ite 4 >b u t t h e r a i n w i l l s tto op s o w e ’l ’l l h a v e a 5 day all Saturday. S unday will be windy
________ ________
M
I
I
A Donal MacIntyre, MacIntyre, looks looks looks for for for U * the wildest weather in the world. He travels to different places and finds answers to the questions: Where does the weather come from? How does it work? There are Hot four programmes: Ho , Wet, Wind and Cold. Follow his journey as he finds and experiences dramatic dramat ic mom ents of amazing weat weather her..
________ ________
_______ ____ ___
Wild Weather the presenter,
B Watch the DVD and and answer the the questio questions. ns. 1 Which programme programme is it: it:
2
Hot, Wet, Wind or or Cold!
The presenter talks to two people. people. Wh ere do they work?
C Watch the DVD again. Underline the corr correct ect alt alternati ernative. ve.
one / two / three out of three days. The re are two / three / four types types of umbrellas. Th ey sell Bergen rain rain to tourists in bottles / cups / cans.
a n d c l o u d y ... a n d v e r y so make sure you wear
1 In Berge Bergen n it rains rains
y o u r w i n t e r c o a tt!!
2 3
105 / 125 / 225tonnes of rain fall on a family house. Th e longest period of rain in Bergen was in 1990 / 1992 / 1995. It rained for 73 / 83 / 93days.
4 In one year, B ® 1 0 .9 Li List sten en and and check check yo ur an sw ers .
5 A W ork in in pairs. Interview Interview each each other other using using the questions in Exercise 4A. Make notes on your partner’ss answ ers. partner’ B Wo rk in in groups and compare your answers. Wh at did you find find ou t? C Te Tell ll the rest of the class. How many people talked about the same place?
—
'
B Write a reply. Use the phrases in brackets to help.
Message Board
03-F eb-0 911.55 5 5 pm
______ ___ _____ __ and I live (country)
Hi Lars, I ’m fro m
______ ___ ______ ___ The best time to visit is(month/season) ______ ___ _____ __ (town/city)
in
_________ and also and also you ca n _____ _________ ____ (weather) (activity)
beca be cause use
________ ____ _____ _ and
You , too._Bring B ring (give another another idea) (clothes)
you’’ll be to o (adjective) (clothes) as well, or you _________ ________ ____ _____ _ Posted by:
< Previous Message
Next Messag e >
10.5 « LO LOOK OKBA BACK CK VERB PHRASES 1A
Complete the questions with
the correct verbs. 1 On your next h hol olid iday ay,, do yo you u want to: • stay at home or g • st
PREDICTIONS
M A K IN IN G S U G G E S T I O N S
3 A Y o u and some friends are going goin g to spend the weekend in a
4A
hotel on a high mountain. Read the
2 Le t’s to have 90s music. music. 3 Wh at about start at 7 o’clock? o’clock?
abroad?
in a hotel or with friend friends? s?
4 Tha t a great idea idea!! 5 Sound good. 6 Tha t m might ight be problem.
• g shopping or g__________a walk?
B Wor k in groups. Make suggestions sugges tions ffor or a class party/
• in the eveni evening, ng, st in and d nothing nothing,, o r h a party and then g clubbing?
celebration. Think about the place, food, music, etc. Use the phrases above to help.
3 Time Tim e for some big changes changes.. Do you want to:
C Te Tell ll the other groups about
married or go trav travelling? elling?
you r p arty/ ar ty/ ce leb rat ion . W hi hich ch one would you like to go to?
• m to an English-speaking country or stay in your country? B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns.
• It’s a beautiful, beautiful, quiet place.
Ask and answer the question questions. s.
• It al always ways rains at this time time of yea year. r. • Walking Walking in the mountains mountains is beautiful, but very dangerous.
GOIN GTO; GTO;W W OULD OULD LIKETO 2A
Look at the list. list. Write
sentences using
be g oing to and
would lik e to to.. 1 I’I’dd like to have dinner with Gemma, but I can’ ca n’tt - sh she’ e’ss bu busy. sy. 2 I ’m g oing to Ox Oxfor ford. d. I ’ve ggot ot my bus ticket. Weekend votsk votsk list 1
- skc bw.sj! witk 2 jdinner o to O Ojo jofo forrcQemina. i (b (bot otjk jktt bus s ticket) S 3 jo to tke. K2 concert - no tickets! 4 meet Ondu for drink (ke s saa i d
Ok) ✓
5 (/Oatck Qone witk tke (dind (dind on DVD (borrowed it from Gindj) S 6 steep a Lot - no time!
• There There ar are e ten be beds. ds. • The hotel hotel has a very good good kitchen. Their restaurant can serve meals for twenty-five people maximum. • Not all the students students like ‘mo ‘ moun untai tain life’!
B Complete the sentences with
mig ht, mig ht not, ’II or won’t. 1 It 2 We
rra ain. ge gett bo bored red..
3 Someone ________ get hurt. 4 Some peop pe op le I ________ like it.
like it it.. I think
THEWEATHER 5A
Rearran Rearrange ge the lette letters rs to
complete the sentences. 1 When it’ it’ss sunny (nusny) 1 often go to the beach. 2 W h e n it go running.
(irsan) 1 usually
4 When it go out.
(dinyw) 1 like
6 W h e n it’s quite nervous.
(roymts) 1 feel
B Write four sentences about you and the weath we ather. er. Begin each sentence with:
6 The food ________ be very good.
ideas.
8 It _______ be very peaceful.
C Work in pairs and compare your answers.
(swons) 1 never
5 W h e n it’s going for a walk.
5 There _________ be enough beds for all of us.
list’. Then look at the list and tick the things that are possible. Write reasons for the things that
W e’re e’re goi going ng to have a barbec barbecue ue in the park. park. W e’ e’re re going to bbring ring b eef and ...
3 W h e n it’s (dulcoy) 1 always feel depressed.
7 There _________ be enough food.
B Mak Make e your own ‘Weekend wish
1 W hy we don’t ha have ve a p part arty y iin n tthe he school gard garden? en?
information.
2 You have a free Saturd Saturday. ay. Do you want to:
• g
Correct the sentences sentences..
W h en en i t . . . I . . .
C Work in p pairs airs and compare your
BBS
V IID DEO POD CAST
Download the podcast I ^ I a and nd vi view ew pe peop oplle ■ ■ ta lk in g a b o u t w h ha at
aren t possible. C Wo rk in pairs and take turns. Te Tell ll yo ur par tner tne r ab out yo ur plan s for
D Discu ss. Would yo you u like to go on this kind kind of wee weekend kend break? W hy / Why not not??
1 t
1 they they a r e doi doing no now w and their ambitions for the future.
Authentic
the weekend.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
10 6
UNIT I I SPEAKING 1 Talk about about what to do
when you don’t feel well > Discuss cures for the common cold > Giv e advice and offer h help elp > A sk for help help iin n a pharmacy
LISTENING 1 Listen to a radio programme
about colds and fl flu u
UNIT
1 W atch an extract from from a
II
sitcom about a shopping experience
READING 1 Read and do a quiz about how fit you are > Read about a socia sociall experiment
WRITING
> Make your stori stories es more interesting
1 W rite some advice advice for a
health message board
BBC CONTENT 0 Video podc podcast ast:: Do you have a hea lthy lifest lifestyle? yle? © D V D : T h e Tw Tw o R o n nn n ie ie s
► My head hurts
► Never felt b etter
► T h e Op ticia n
11.1 MY HEAD HU HUR RTS F G R A M M A R | sho should uld/sho /should uldn’ n’t t
► VOCA VOCABULAR BULARY Y | the th e body; health
VOCABULARY 1A
I ►
HOWTO | give advice
|the body
Look at pho photos tos A - E . How many part partss of of the bo body dy can you se see e
and name?
lint page 158 PH O T O B A N K B (011.1 How do you pronounce:
thumb, toes? Listen and repeat.
throat, stomach, mouth, shoulder, shoulder,
C Wor k in pairs and take turns. Studen t A: say a part of the bod body. y. Student B: point to it in phot photos os A - E .
LISTENING 2A
Work iin n pairs and discuss.
1 Wh at do yo you u do when you’ you’ve ve got a co cold? ld? Do you g go o to work/school, stay at home and rest or go to the doctor/take medicine? 2 Wh en wa s the las lastt time you were ill ill?? W hat was the problem problem?? Wha t did did you do about it? B Look at the health problems in the box box.. Wh ich can you see in photo pho toss A -E ? a runny nose his/he his /herr leg legss hurt a sore throat a cough a headache a temperatur temperature e (= a high high temperatur temperature) e) his/ his/her her arms hurt stomach ache C Look at the problems above and write tthe he problems in the correct place in the table. C o ld
Flu
Both
a runny nose
D ( 0 11.2 Listen to a rad radio io pr progra ogramme mme and check your a answers. nswers. E Listen again. Underline the correct alternatives you hea hear. r.
sudden enly/slowly. ly/slowly. You 1 Flu star starts ts sudd 2 A
can/can’t work. work. suddenly enly /slowly. /slowly. You can/can’t work. cold starts sudd work.
^speakout
Il Illl
TI P
Many wor words ds in Eng English lish have a ver very y different pronunciation from their spelling. You can underline problem letters and write the sound underneath, e.g. cough ache
m
/k/ stomach. h. In your notebook, do the same for thumb and stomac 3 A Look at the sentences b below elow.. Cross out the incor incorrect rect altern alternative. ative. Then add on e more word to each group. 1 I’ve got got an earache /
a backache / o throatachc throatachc a stomach stom ach ache
cough / throat / eye. My runny nose / head / / back hurts. hurts. I feel tired // temperature / better.
2 I ve got a sore 3 4
B Wo rk in pairs and take tturns. urns. Stud ent A : choose a pro problem blem and mi mime me it. Student B: guess what’s wrong.
10 8
his month, we asked readers from around the world, ‘What's the best thing to do when you've got a cold?' Heree are some of their answer Her answers: s: Jean Jean ffrom rom F Fra ranc nc 'Yo 'You should ddrink rink lots of water and get lots o f sleep. Nothing else helps.’ helps.’ We eat kimchi - a dish made from cabhage. You You should tr y it. The cabbage is full of vitamin Cand the spices in kimchi also help.’ 'No medicin medicinee - you shouldn’t take antibiotics antib iotics for a cold - that's craz crazy. y. Y Your our body can fight the cold viru virus.' s.' ‘You should eat fruit, lots of it, especially especiall y things like oranges. oranges.'' 'You should drink herbal tea with honey and lemon in it and you should relax. You shouldn’t go to work.' ‘That’s easy. You should have a bowl of my grandmother's chicken soup. That’s the perfect cure. I don’t don’t care what anybody says - there's nothing better.’ better.’
READING
PRACTICE
4 A Read the a article rticle about cold cold cures. Which ideas in the text are in the pictures?
6A
ould ld/s /s ho houl uldn dn ’t. problem, write advice with sh ou 1 I’m tire tired. d.
You should get more m ore sleep. You shouldn’t go to bed so late.
B Read the article a again. gain. Whic h person do you agree with m ost? Wha t do people do iin n your country when
2
they’ve got a cold?
Look at p prob roblems lems 1- 4 and advi advice ce a) -h ). For e each ach
I’m hungry.
3 It’s raining and I have to g go. o.
C Work in pai pairs rs a and nd compar compare e your ideas ideas..
4 I feel ill.
GRAMMAR should should/should /shouldn’ n’t t
a) be here in the lesson
5A
b) eat something
Look at the sentences and under underline line the correct
alternative to complete the rules.
c) get more sleep
1 You shou should ld ge gett lo lots ts of sl sleep eep..
d) go home
2 You shouldn’t go to work.
e) go out now f) go to bed so late
Rules:
g) take an umbrella
should ld for 1 U sse e shou for something that is necessary/a
h) miss breakfast
good idea. 2 Use shouldn’ shouldn’t t for for something that is unnecessary/ a bad idea.
B Work in pairs and ttake ake turns. Cover the advi advice ce a)- h) above. Student A: say one of the problems. Student B:
B Complete the table. Use the article to help.
You
should
lots of water. fruit.
ould ld/s /s ho houl uldn dn ’t. give advice with sh ou
SPEAKING 7A
Work in g groups. roups. Wh at are your ‘‘fi five ve tips for g goo ood d
take
health’? Make a list list.. Thin k about the things in the box.
antibiotics.
C ® 11 .3 Liste Listen n and check. Then llist isten en and repea repeat, t,
sleep
nut nut page 148 LA N G U A G EB A N K
food
exercise
drink
smoking
other
You should go to bed early. B Wo rk with another group. Comp are your lists and decide on the top five tips. 10 9
11.2 NEVER FELT BETTER GRAMMAR
| adverb adverbss of mann manner er | ►
VOCABULARY
| commo common n verbs | ►
HOWTO
| talk about how you do things
VOCABULARY
common verbs
1 A Complete the quiz with tthe he verbs in in the box. swim run understand
B
remember forget hear read climb concentrate
Work in pair pairs. s. As k and answer the
questions. Add up your partner’s score and read the results in the key. C Work in pai pairs rs and take turns. Student A:
H ealthy body, heal he althy thy mi mind nd 1 Can you _ a) Yes, easily,
2 Can you a) Yes, easily, 3
100 metres in a pool? b) Yes, but only slowly, c) N No o chance! 400 metres without stopping? b) Y e s , I can, but but n not ot very fast, c) N No, o, I can’t.
Can you _______ up four sets of stairs? a) Yes, no proble problem, m, b) Yes, but it’s really ha hard! rd!
c) I alw always ays take the lilift. ft.
say a verb from Exercise 1A. Student B: say the verb phrase. Then think of other possible nouns.
A: A : for forgg et B: forget your PIN numbe number r A: A : for forgg et people’ peopl e’ss na names mes forgg et . .. 8; for in#- page 127 IR R E G U L A R V E R B S
GRAMMAR
adverbs of manner
2A
Look at the sentence s and the rule. Underline the correct alternatives to complete them.
4 C Can an you a car numb number er from fifty metres? a) Yes, clearly, b) Yes, just. c) No No,, I ha have ve to wear glasses.
1 Can you swi swim m 100 metre metres? s? Yes, but only
5 Can y o u
2 Can you run run 400 metres? Yes,
a) Yes, easily,
6
__
an d someone talking to you in a noisy room? b) Yes, bu butt not not very well, c) If they speak very loudly.
Can you _______ on something (e.g. your homework) for thirty minutes
without a break? a) Yes, I can. b) Yes, b but ut not not easily,
7
a) No, No, never,
your bank PIN number or a computer passw password? ord? b) Not Not often, b but ut sometimes, c) A Allll the time!
KEY a = 3 points
b = 2 points
easy/easily.
Rule: Use adverbs of manner to say how/when we do something.
c) N No, o, I can’t.
Do yo u everything you ate the day before yeste yesterday rday?? a) Yes, perfectly, b) Yes, but not easily easily,, c) N No, o, not really.
8 Do you often of ten
slow/slo slo w/slowly. wly.
c = 1 point point
16-24 points: Well done! You are very fit and healthy in mind and bo body dy.. You You do regular exer cise ,
B Complete the table. Use the quiz and key to help. Adjective
Adverb
easy
easily
slow clear
you eat well and get enough sleep, so your min mind d and memory are c lear. Don’t
fast
stop! And tell your friends how they can do things to feel better.
loud
9-15 points:
perfect
You are quite fit and healthy in mind and bod body. y. Do you you wan t to be fitter ? Then maybe you you should do do more exercise . Thirty minutes three times a week keeps your mind and body young. Eat more fruit and vegetables and have oily fish once a
good healthy
week. Join a brain gym or look for one on the internet.
1-8 point points: s:
i n# n# p pa age 148 L A N G U A G E B A N K
Maybe you you should do some exer cise for your body and and mind. Sta rt small! You don't have to go to the gym. Walk more. You can get off the bus or tram one stop before work /schoo l and wa lk the r est of the way. Try to eat healthily, healthily, too and get enough enoug h sleep - this will help your your mind as well a s your bod body. y.
no
11.2 PRACTICE
SPEAKING
3A
5A
Complete the sent sentences ences a and nd make them true ffor or you. Use th the e
correct form of one of the words in brackets. 1 It’s
2
easy
(easy/hard) . (quick/slow)
for m me e to reme remembe mberr new word wordss iin n Eng English, lish,
I like it when the teacher speaks English ________
3 I think I spea speak k Engl English ish
.
Work in pairs and discuss. Look at two
pages from Julie’s diary. Did she have a healthy weekend? weeken d? Why/W hy not?
(good/bad)
_________
4 I’ve got a memory, (good/bad) 5 When I have lunch or dinner, I usually eat ______ 6
7 8
(fast/slow)
(healthy/unhealthy) I can’t concen concentrate trate when it’s . (quiet/noisy ) I’m usually quite qui te . (lazy/energetic ) I think I usually eat ________ .
B Wor k iin n pairs and compare your sentences.
WRITING 4A
adverbs in stories
Look at pictures pictures A -D . W hat do you think happened? Put tthem hem in
the correct order. Use the prompts 1-4 to help.
S a tu t u r d ay a y 2 0 _________ woke up up late. late. -1 - 1 0 kc kcur urss steep, felt better (difficult week at work!) big brea breakfast kfast - not ven venjj kealtkg! watched, DV/Ds all afternoon,, - popcorn and afternoon an d coke for for lunch lunch . . . dinner wi with th ■pizza for dinner fri friend endss - cake fo forr dessert j o e d !
late la te night - not verg
Sunday Sun day 2 1 I Saturday / Ken / get up / have breakfast / got on / bike
he / ride / down the road / not / look / ahead / cat / run / in front / him
£ 4
uien ui entt sw£fftm sw£fftm,uy ,uy
M b m t U r I k k eta) c ^ore coffee I
m
*
.
night - wo work rk tomorrow? 3 he / fall off / bike / broke /arm
4 even evening ing / he / sit / at h home ome / with / broken arm
B Use the prompts to write the sstory. tory. Remember to use linkers.
I On Sa Saturd turday, ay, Ken g ot up, up, had breakf breakfast ast and ...... C Change the adjectives in the box below into adverbs. Then use three to add to your story in Exercise 4A.
B In your notebo notebook, ok, write a ‘health diary’ for last weekend. Make notes about: • food and drink • exercise • sleep
quick carefu careful l careless late sad slow
dangerou dangerouss
early
fast
• relaxing
On Saturday, Saturday, Ken g ot up llate ate,, had break breakfast fast quickly . ..
C Work in groups and ccompare ompare your answers. Who had the healthiest
D Write the next part of the story wit with h three more adverbs. Sta rt with
weekend? What three things can you do differently next weekend?
‘Si x wee weeks ks lat lateer, on Saturday mo morning, rning, Ken g ot u p ...' E Work in pairs and exchange your stories.
Last weekend I didn’t have a healthy weekend because ...
KB
VOCABULARY
problems
1 A Look at the pho photos tos above and discuss the questions. 1 What ar are e the the pro probl blem ems? s? 2 In each situation, situation, what can you say to offer to help?
B Work in pairs. Read the questions below and discuss. 1 Do people people us usua ually lly he help lp when someone can’t lift heavy luggage? 2 Do people usually help when an older person is standing on a train or bus? 3 Do people usual usually ly help when someone drops some files or papers papers?? 4 Do people usually usually help when someone is pushing a car? 5 Do people usuall usually y help when someone sudden suddenly ly falls to the ground? 6 Do people usuall usually y help when someone cuts his/he r hand? hand?
When someone sees a person person in trouble, do they stop and and help, or just 'walk on by'? BBC reporter Michael Michael Coombes wanted to find out. out. With his assistant, Kitty Dann, Dann, he chose three situations to to test how quickly people help help or if they help. In the first situation, Kitty dropped some papers. After a few seconds, Brian McCann came and helped her. He said 'I saw her drop everything and I wanted to help her. Most people don't help these days.' In the next situation, Kitty tried to move a heavy sign on the street outside a shop. She pushed and pulled it, but no one helped her. In the final situation, Michael fell to the ground in the street. He stayed there fo r sever several al minutes, but no one came to help.
READING
Later, he asked some people why they didn't help. One woman, Claire,
2A
Read the article quickly. Number
said, I thought m aybe you were drunk or dead. People are afraid of helping these days because they
pictures pictur es A - C in tthe he correct ord order. er.
B Read the article more carefull carefully. y.
don't know what's going to happen
In which situation does the person
to them.'
get help?
Eighty-two-year-old Paul Weston said, 'You don't know if it's real or not. You have to be very, very careful these days. The world is different now.'
LEARN TO thank someone 5A
Look at audio script 11.4 on page 175 and complete
the sentences. Conversation I: Man: Man:
Here, Here , let me help. help. W ha t a mess!
Woman: Thank 1_________________ . Man: Man:
No 2_________________ .
Conversation 2: Woman: Are you all right? Shall I call an ambulance? Man: Man:
No ... Yes ... Uh ... Thanks 3_________________ .
Woman: Tha t’ t’ss 4_________________ . Conversation 3: Man:: Man
Oh , look. I’ll I’ll do that for you. W he redo re do you want it?
Woman : JJust ust over here, in front front of the window ... Thanks 5_________________ . That’s 6________________ . Man:: Man B
Yo You’re u’re 7_________________ .
Underline Underline the ways of thanki thanking ng someone. someone. How can
you resp ond wh en som eon e th an anks ks yo you? u? n 4 pa page ge 148 L A N G U A G E B A N K 6 A Look at the flowchart flowchart below below and and put the conversation in the co rrect order. Ask about the problem.
FUNCTION
Say the problem.
offering to help Offer to help.
3 A ® 11 11.4 .4 Listen and match match each conversation conversation with pic pictur tures es A- C . B
Accept the offer.
Listen again and complete sentences 1-3 below.
1
me help elp.
2
I call an ambula ambulance? nce?
3 I
1 A: That’s That’s OK.
do that for you.
C ® 11 .5 Listen to the pronunc pronunciati iation on of the offers. Then
2 B: Thanks a lot. 3 A: I’ll make you a sandwich.
listen and repeat.
4 A: Are you OK?
4A
5 B: No, I’m really hungry.
Ma Match tch problems problems 1-5 with offers a)- e) .
1 I can’t open the window.
a) I’l I’lll get it for you.
2
I’m hungr hungry. y.
\
3
I can’t can ’t reach thedictionar the dictionary. y. \
4
I can’t can ’t lif liftt this bag. bag.
5
It’s hot in here.
Yd)
b) Let me carry it. it.
B Wo rk in in pairs and take turns. Studen t A: look at page page 166. Stud ent B: look at page page 164. Use the flowchart to
c) I’l I’lll make you a sandwich.
help and role-play the conversation.
Shall Shall I open the window? windo w? e) Let me try .. . Oo h, it’s stuck.
B Wo rk in in pairs pairs and and take take turns. turns. Student A: say a
SPEAKING 7A
© 11 .6 Listen Listen to the situations. situations. What’s happeni happening? ng?
problem. Student B: offer to help.
B
A A:: I ccan an ’t open op en the th e window. B: Let me try .. . Ooh Ooh,, i t’ t’ss stuck. stuck.
1
W ork in pairs. Listen again and offer to help. help. _____________________________________________________
____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ______ 2 ______
SI When you see someone who needs help, you often start the conversation with Are A re you OK? or o r AAre re you all all right? and then offer to help. help.
11.4
THE OPTICIAN
P
B Watch the DVD and answ er tthe he questions. 1A
Look at the photo photoss A -F . What does each p pers erson on do?
Photo A is an optician. He/She checks someone’s eyes.
1 Where is the the m ma an? 2 W he re does he think he is is?? a) at a green grocer grocerss b) at a baker’s 3 W ha t’s the p problem roblem with both of the men? a) they can’t hear very well b) they can’t see ver y wel welll 4 Wh ich letter doesn’t the ma man n ssay ay?? a) Y. b) H. 5 W hy are the two men hap happy py at the end? a) Th ey do n’t need g glass lasses.. es.. b) They can both see better.
B Wo rk in pairs. Look at the phrase a and nd discuss. Do you tthink hink it’s good advice?
Never go to an optician who wears glasses. C Wo rk in pairs. Complete sentences 1-5 . 1 Never g go o to a hair hairdres dresser ser who
hasn’’t g ot any hair hasn hair
________ ________
2 Never go go to a doctor w ho __________________________________________ 3 Nev er g go o to a fitnes fitnesss instruct instructor or w h o . 4 Nev er go to a den dentist tist w h o ____________ 5 Ne ver go go to a an n accountant accountant who _ D Work in groups and compare your answers.
3
► DVD VI VIEW EW 2A
Read the programme information. Why is the programme
called
The Two R onni es?
Watch the DVD again. Number
the sentences below in the order you hear them. a) Hello. Anybo dy the there? re?
1
b) Is that better or worse?
k lu L S The Two Ron Ronni nie es
T
he Two Ronnies are the the stars of one of the longest- running comedy shows on British television. television. Th ey both wear glasses, they’re both called Ronnie and together t h e y c aann m a k e a s i m p l e ^ mSS situation very complicated 'iMSr it
c) Cou ld I have two pounds of potatoes, please? d) What do you see with? e) No, y you ou’re ’re reading al alll the furnitu furniture! re! f) Th ey ’re mine! mine! Th ey ’re mi mine! ne! g) Try the next line on your own.
... and very funny! In this II
/ M B
sketch, one) Ronnie (the I short hasCorbett a problem
a )' jR r
an andd goes into a shop to ask ask for help from Ron Ronnie nie Bark Barker er (the tall one).
.
w
*
speakout at a pharmacy
writeback a website message
4A
5
Work in pairs and answer the questions.
1 Do you go to a pharmacy, pharmacy, a doctor ’s ’s,, a dentist’ dentist’ss or a hospital in these situations? a) You ate a te some fish last night. night. This morning you you’ve ’ve got an awful stomach ache. b) You broke a glass a and nd cut your thumb badly. badly. c) You wok e up this morning morning with earache. d) Yo ur eyes are really sore. e) You ’ve got terrible toot toothache. hache. f) You stayed out in the sun too long this mo morning. rning. No w you ’ve got bad sunburn. sunburn. 2 Can you remember a time time when you had any any of these problems? Where were you? What did you do?
Wo rk in pairs. Read the two questions from a health message board. Choose on e and complete Message 3
to give some advice. Use the key phrases to help.
Message 1
< posted yesterday;
Help! I started started working from home three weeks week s ago. Now N ow I’ve got terrible terrible backache backache and my eyes hurt. I’m on the computer for about eight hours every day. Any advice? Posted by:
YuchenC hi, Chi China na < Previous M essage | Next Message >
B
® 11 11.7 .7 Listen to the the conversation in a pharmacy.
W hat’s the problem? Wh at does the pharmacist advise? C
Look at the key phrases below. Listen again again and
tick the phrases you hear hear..
keyphrases Can you help me? I’ve got [bad toothache/a problem with my eye].
Message 2
< posted yesterday 5
I stopped smoking a year ago and now I’m overweight. I often feel stressed and unhappy. I think I might start smoking again but I don’t want to. What can I do? Posted by:
Great Amigo, Mexico
Have you got anything for [a headache/an earache/ sore eyes]?
< Previous M essage | Next Message >
When did it start? Take [this medicine/these tablets/some painkillers]. Put [these drops in your .../this cream on your ...]. You [shou [should ld see a doctor/shouldn’t doctor/should n’t go out in the sun]. sun].
Message 3
posted today >
The same thing happened to _ _.. Don’t Don ’t worry! worry! The best be st thing is to _ _.. Als Alsoo you should sho uld ____ ________ ______ __ Why
11.5 « LO O KBACK HEALTH PROBLEMS
C O M M O N V ER ER BS BS
O F F E R IN IN G T O H E LP LP
1 A Complete the poems poems..
3
Work in pairs. Match phrases 1- 6 with a)- f). Then ask a and nd
5
answer the questions.
1You’re at a friend’s house and she breaks some glasses.
A: What’s the matter? What’s w r ______ with you?
1 Can yo you u read read
B: I’ I’ve ve got a terrible co , - a runny n , a ba bad d s _ r_ thr _____ ... I can’t stay here. I’m off! A: My a_____ hurt hurt,, my I I think I’ve got the fl_.
2 Do you remember 3 Did you hear 4 Can you concentrate
hurt,
5 Do you understand 6 Did you eve r climb
B: Hav Have e yo you u go gott a t_ m p _r _t _
?
A: Yes, what can I do? A: I’ve got an awful h B: My f_ ng
c) .
d
.
a) with the T V o r radio on in the same room? b) trees when whe n you wer e you young nger?^ er?^ c) music?
hurt a lot lot..
A: My e_____ are t_r_d.
d) the first day of this English class?
B: My b_ ck
e) films in English?
’s bad.
f) the news this m mornin orning? g? A & B: B: W e don’t know what we ’ve got! B Wo rk in pairs. Read the poe poems. ms.
2A
Write the opposite adverbs.
1 ca calm lmly ly
2
in each situation?
2 You’re walking down the street and someo ne falls off his bicycle. 3 You’re on a train and a woman next to you becomes ill. 4 You’re in a restaurant and the waiter pours hot coffee on your friend’s clothes. 5 Your friend is cutting vegetables and cuts his finger badly. 6 You r frien friend d wants a coffee, but she doesn’t have enough money to buy one. 6A
Complete the conversation conversation
with the word s in the box.
SH O U LD / SH O U LD N ’T 4i
4A
Read the situations and make sh ould/ ld/ a note of what the person shou
ADVERBS
Work in pair pairs. s. Wha t can you say
sh ould ou ldn’t n’t do.
Shall
me
a
’re
you
A: Good morning. Can I help you? B: Yes, the shower in my room
angrily
doesn’t work. ao
loudly
My arm hurts so I can’t use my computer. I have to finish a report by tomorrow.
3 slowly 4 badly
’I)
A:
I
end someone to look at it.
B: Thank. And when does the City Museum open?
5 carelessly B Complete sentences with the words in the box below and your
Let look on the computer ... It
I’ve got a terrible backache. I’m going on holiday tomorrow and I’ve got two heavy bags to carry.
own ideas. speak(s) eat(s) talk(s) drive(s) walk(s)
opens ope ns at 10.00 today. B: Thanks. And can get me a taxi... to go to the museum? A: No problem. I phone for one now? A: In about an hour, please.
I I (adverb).
too
I’ve got a headache and a bad sore throat. I’ve got an important interview for a new job tomorrow tomorrow..
2 My teacher sometimes ___ to o _____________ (adverb). 3 My closest friend __________ _____________(adverb). 4 Everyone _____________ too
B: Certainly. A: Thanks lot. B: You welcome.
too
My leg hurts so I can’t walk very
B Wo rk in pairs. Practise the conversation.
_____________
(adverb).
C Wor k in in groups and take turns.
far. I’m going out tomorrow night and I want to dance.
One student student:: say one of your sentences. Oth er students: giv give e
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns.
advice or say you r opinion using
Role-play the three situations using
sh ould ou ld/s /s ho houl uldn dn ’t A A:: Every Everyone one ttalk alkss too loudly on thei their r mobiles. quietly. ietly. B: Yes, they should speak qu
you r id eas abo ve.
BIDS
VIDEO PODCAST
Download the podcast I ^ I a an n d v iie ew pe eo op plle ■ ■ d e s c rib in g t h e i r 1 t 1 l iiff eess ttyy llee s a nd nd h o w t o be healthier.
Authentic www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
11 6
UNIT 12 SPEAKING 1 Talk a about bout unusua unusuall experiences 1 Describe movement fro from m one place to another 1 Phone Phone someone a about bout a problem
LISTENING 1 Listen to people talk talking ing about their experiences
UNIT
1 Wat ch an extract from a documentary about sharks
R EAD I N G 1 Read about a dangerous job
WRITING 1 W rite a pos postca tcard rd 1 W rite about an exciting/frightening experience
BBC CONTENT § Video p podc odcas ast: t: W hat ’s the most excitin exciting g thing thing you’ve you ’ve e eve verr done?
O DV D:
Shar Shark k Therapy Therapy
► Un Un fo rg e tt a b le
► A f ra id o f n o t h i n g
► I've got a problem
► Shark Therapy
12.1 UNFORGETTABLE ► GR AM M AR | pres presen entt perf perfec ectt
VOCABULARY
I ► V O C A B U LA R Y | outd outdoo oorr activ ctivit itie iess
outdoor activities
1 A Complete the phrases below with tthe he words in the box. Use the ph otos to help you. ride 1
swim
go
sail
climb
watch
_________
an elephant / a horse
2
_________
a volcano / a mountain
3
_________
a small boat / down the Nile
4
_________
fishing fish ing / camel trekking
5
_________
in a river / in a thermal spa
6
_________
an opera / a play outdoors / birds
B Work in pairs. Look at ph photos otos A - E and discuss tthe he questions. 1 Wh ich of the acti activiti vities es above ca can n you see in the pho photos? tos? 2 Wh ich activities would you lik like e to do? Wh Why? y? 3 Wh ich activities would you not like to do? W hy not? not?
LISTENING 2A
© 12.1 Listen to a survey. In what order do p peopl eople e
talk about about tthe he activi activities ties in ph photo otoss A - E ? Which two activities don’t they talk about? B Listen again. Tick the activities the speakers have done. Speaker 1
Speaker 2
Speaker 3
ridden elephants sailed down the Nile climbed a volcano swum in a thermal spa
E
I ► H O W T O | talk talk about bout ex expe peri rien ence cess
11 8
12.1 GRAMMAR 3A
SPEAKING
present perfect
Look at the sentence and underline the correct
5A
Complete the questions with your own ideas.
alternatives to complete the rules.
1 Hav Have ey you ou ev ever er be been en to _______________________________
I’ve been to Guatemala and I’ve climbed that volcano.
2 Have yo you u ever slept in a ______________________________ 3 Have you ever had ____________________________________
Rules: 1 Use the present p perfect erfect to talk ab about out pas pastt even events ts when you kknow now the exact titime me /don’t /don’t know w whe henn the event happened. 2 Use Us e the p present resent perfect to emphasise what/when the action happened. B © 1 2 .2 Liste Listen n and complet complete e the table. sailed
1
haven’t you ever e ver
No, C
an elepha elephant? nt?
1
Listen aga again in and check. Then listen and repeat,
lint page 150 LANGUAGEBANK
PRACTICE
4A
Complete the tab le with the corre ct infini infinitive. tive.
infinitive 1
past participle
drive
driven
2
flown
3
had
4
met
5
/
B Work in groups. Ask and answer the question questionss abo above. ve. Wh o has done most things in your group?
A: A : HHav avee you ev ever er been to a ffestiv estival? al? B: Yes, I have. C: No, I haven’t, but I’d like to. D : No, I hav haven’ en’tt and I don’ don’tt want to to..
down the Nile, to Iceland.
ridden
4 Have you you ev er _________________________________________ 5 Have you you ever met ___________________________________
WRITING
postcard phrases
6 A Read the po postca stcard rd from Oliver an and d Krist Kristina. ina. Which country are they visitin visiting? g? Luxor, 12 12-th May Hi everyone. Having a great time. It's very hot here in the day and cold at night. We ssleep leep in tents, o orr sometimes on the boats and every day we get up at U o'clock and have breakfast next to the river. We've seen the temples in (Com Ombo and Edfu and we've taken lots o f picture s. We have n't seen the Pyramids - that's Saturday. Must go now! See you soon. Wish you were here! Oliver a nd (Cri (Cristi stina na
The Wilson Family 4?4 Church Street ______ ___ Pleasantville. ___ _______ ______ __ N Y 10 1057 570 0 ___
U SA
been B Look at the postcard again and complete the
6
seen
information.
7
slept
1 W ri rite te the
8
swum
2 You can write th e _________ an d __________ at the top.
B Use four of the past participles above to write
name
an d __________on the right-hand side.
3 You can start a postcard w ith _________ .
sentence s about you. Two sentences should be false.
C Underline four typical postcard phrases in the
I’ve driven a Ferrari.
postcard. What’s missing from each phrase? Write the phrases in full.
C Work in pairs and ttake ake tturns. urns. Student A: say your ffour our sentences. Student B: guess which tw o are false.
W e’re e’re having a gr eat ttime. ime. D Cro ss out word s to make more postcard phrases.
| l speakout
1 W e re st stay aying ing iin n a fant fantasti asticc hotel.
Many past participles are similar. Look for patterns to help you remember. In your notebook, complete the verb patterns and add another verb to each group: me meet et - met, keep ... speak spe ak - spok spoken, en, break br eak .. . gro g row w -- grown, g rown, k now .. . drive - driven, give ... swim swi m - swu swum, m, drink dri nk . . .
2 I have to stop no now. w. 3 I’ll spea speak k to you soon. 4 I hope you’re a all ll OK .
7
Work in pairs. Write a postcard to your class. Use the
ideas above to help. Don’t write the n ame of the place. Then exchange postcards with another pair and guess the place.
11 9
12.2 AFRAID OF NOTHING ► GR A M M A R |pres |presen entt per perfe fect ct an and d pa past st si simp mple le
► V O C A B U L A R Y | pr prep epos ositi ition onss
► H O W T O |tal |talk k ab abou outt pa past st ex exper perien iences ces
V ic was Har rison Ford’ Ford’ss stunt d ouble in all three early Indian a Jones films. H e has al also so worked on man y James James B ond films films including Di DieAnother Day. ‘A job on a Bond film is the most fun for a stuntman stunt man - I try try out the cars,’ says Vic. His m ost famous stunt was when he jumped from a horse horse onto a Germann tank in Germa in on e o f the Indiana Jones films. M ovie viewers viewers voted this ‘on ‘on e o f the ten best
is afraid o f nothing. nothing. He H e has has fallen fall en out o f windows, windows, jumped jum ped o ff bridges, ridden a motorcycle through stunts o f all all time’. fire, climbed up the outside of a Vic has broken some skyscraper and driven into a wall bones, but he sa says ys that - because because that’s that’s his job. it’ it’ss part o f the job. i c A r m s tr o n g
V
Vic is a stunt double in films and does things that m ost o f us think ar aree craz crazy. y.
H e n ow spen ds more tim e as a stunt direc director, tor, directing directing other stuntmen. stunt men. In 20 02 he worke workedd on Gan angs gs o of N Ne f ew York with w ith one o f his favourit favouritee . directors, Martin _ Scorsese. Vic says it w a s g r e a t f u n ’. B o il d f il m is t h e No w, aft after er forty forty years yea rs o f stunt stunt work, the man
A job jo b on a >nd film is t most fun for a
with ou t fear feel feelss the same way. Vic stilll thinks it’s stil it’s the best job in the world: ‘I enjoy m y work n ow as m uc h as w he n I started,’ he says. ‘A nd now , as a stun t direct director, or, I tell other people to fall fall and jump. An d the m one y is is very very good .’
stuntman
READING 1A
Read the def defini initio tion n of st u n t below. below.
C
55
Read tthe he artic article le ag again. ain. Are sentences 1-7 true (T) or false (F)?
1 Vic playe played d India Indiana na Jones when Harrison Ford was ill ill..
2 He likes working on Bond films because he can drive the cars. Can you think of any famous stunts? Stunt1 /stAnt/ noun
3 Steven Speilbe Speilberg rg is one of his favourite directors. 4 He started doing stunt wo rk ove overr forty years ag ago. o.
A dangerous thing that
someone does to entertain people, especially in
5 Vic has sometimes hurt himself in h his is job.
a film: There's a great stunt in which his car has to jump across a 15 metre gap.
6 He do esn’t lik like e working on films ver very y much a anymore. nymore. 7 Vic get getss a lo lott of money for hi hiss work.
From Longman Wordwise Dictionary.
D Find fiv five e movement verbs in the fir first st paragraph of the text. Wri te the
B Read the article a and nd list the stunts the man has done.
verb, past simple and past participle. (ffi/e?j)- fall
fell fallen
12 0
12.2 GRAMMAR 2A
prese nt perf ect and past simple
Look at the sentences. Underline the correct
tense of the verbs.
5A
p r e p o s i t i o n s
Look at the pictures below. What is the man doing?
B Matc Match h the prepositions in the box with the pictures A -J .
1 He ha hass worked on many Jame Jamess Bond fi film lms. s. 2
VOCABULARY
(past sisimple mple/presen /presentt perf perfec ect)t) Gangs gs ooff N ew Yo York. rk. In 2002 he worked on Gan ( past sisimple mple/presen /presentt perf perfec ect)t)
down
through
away from
up
across
out of over
under
towards
into
B Und erlinethe correct alternat alternatives. ives. Rules:
say/don’’t 1 With the present perfec perfect, t, y you ou say/don the exac t time time.. say/don’ don’tt 2 Wit With h the past simple, you say/ exact time.
say
say the the
mi* page 150 LANGUAGEBANK
PRACTICE
3A
Write the questions in full. Use the present
perfect. 1 meet / a fam famous ous p pers erson on??
H ave you ever met a famous pe person? rson?
2 break / your arm arm??
C Some of the prepositions have opposites. Look at the pictures again and find the opposites of these prepositions:
3 eat / anything unusua unusual? l? 4 watch / a live live footb football all ma match? tch?
down, over, away from, ou t of
5 make / something to wear?
6
6 go / to a really hot or co cold ld country?
More than one might be possible.
B Work in pairs pairs a and nd ttake ake turns. Ask an and d answer the questions above. Remember to ask and an swer follow-up questions using the past simple.
A : H ave av e you ev ever er m met et a f amous ppers erson? on? B: Yes, I have. I met a famous actor last ye year. ar. A : Really? W ho did di d you meet? 4A
Complete tthe he situations with a preposition of movement.
1 going
up/down the outside of a building in a glass lift
2 walking___________ a big dog 3 going___________ a bridge when a train is going __________ the bridge 4 walking _____
. a big park alone
5 riding a bike fast.___________ a big hill
Wo rk in pairs. Write the past participles of the
verb s in the box next to the correct sound below. sleep sing speak drive buy meet write think fly win read do give choose bring
an n airport 6 walking ___________ customs at a . a very long tunnel 7 driving_____ 8 walking.
_ a room full of new people
SPEAKING 7A
Work in pairs. Make a list of some dangerous/exciting/
scary situat situations. ions. / e /
slept
/A/
sung
/o u /
/ i/
/ o :/
spok en
dri driven ven
boug bought ht
B How do yo you u fee feell about sit situations? uations? Write one of the phrases in the box below next to each one.
I love it. It’s not a problem. problem . I really don’t like it. I’m afraid of it. I’ve nev er done iit. t. I’m not keen. B ® 12 12.3 .3 Liste Listen n and check. Then listen listen and repeat.
C Work in pairs and discuss your answers.
H ow do you fee feell about g oing across a ri ver oonn a rope bridge? B: I really don’ don’tt like it. A A:: W hy? H av avee you ha hadd a ba badd ex exper perii ence? B: Ye Yes,s, two years ago I was . .. A:
12.3 I’ I’V VE GO T A PROBLE PROBLEM M ► F U N C T IO N | te tele leph phon onin ing g
► V O C A B U L A R Y | tele teleph phon onin ing g expr express essio ions ns
» ► L E A R N T O | say te tele leph phone one numb number erss
SPEAKING 1 Work in pairs pairs and take turns. Ask and answer questions 1-5. 1 Hav Have e you ever lost lost your keys/passport/ keys/passport/credi creditt card/ mobile phone? What happened? 2 Have you you ever locked locked yourself out of your house or car? What happened? 3 Have you ever missed the last train or bu buss home? What happened? 4 Have you eve r been been very late late for a meeting/ appointment? What happened? 5 Have you ever got lost in a city? city? W ha t happened? happened?
VOCABULARY 2A
|telephonin |tel ephoning g expressions
Complete the sentences with phrases from the box.
take a message leave a message call ans answer wer ring ring back 1 You a nswer the phone. It’s It’s a call call for Patricia Patricia but but she’s she’s not take a message for he in the office today so you her. r. 2 You phone Mark but but he’s he’s not at home so y you ou _______________________ on his answerphone. 3 You want Mark Mark t o _______________________ you _______________________ this evening. 4 It’s the evening. evening. Y o u _______________________ Mark, but he’s having a shower. 5 Ten minutes later the phone rings and you _______________________ it. It’s Mark.
Extract 3 B: Hello. 5Could I _________ to cu stomer services, please please?? A: 6Just Just a
.
C: Customer services. A: Hello, I’ve got a problem.
B Wo rk in pairs and compare your answers.
Extract 4 A: 7Could yo u
FUNCTION
C: O f course. 8Could you give give me th e
3A
|telephoning
(► (►)) 12.4 12.4 Listen Listen to three conversation conversation extracts. extracts. Which
situations from from Exercise 1A are they?
me back? back? there? there?
A:Ju st a m om en t.. . It’ It’ss 34 for Spai Spain, n, 9 1 for Ma Madrid drid,, then then 308 5238. C :9 Let m e
that that.. 34 9 1 308 523 5238. 8.
B Listen again. In which conversatio n(s) do the people
A: That’s right.
know each other?
C: Fin Fine. e. Put the phone down - l0l’ll l0l’ll ccall all yo u ________ straight away.
4A
® 12 12.5 .5 Complete the extracts extracts with words fro from m the
box. Then listen and check.
B Ma Match tch the conversati conversation on extrac extracts ts 1 -4 with descr descriptions iptions
its^ check moment mome nt tell ask number message back leave
there ring speak call
a )—d) belo below. w. a) Asking someone som eone to ca call ll back
4
b) Calling a business Extract 1 B: Hi, Sean. 1
c) Calling a friend
It’s
Debbie.
d) Leaving a message
A: Hi, Debbie. Wh at ’s u up p? B: 2ls Kevi n
C
?
phrases 1-10 in Exercise 4A .
A: No, he’s not. He went out about ten minutes ago. Extract 2 B: 3Could I
a
Underline the key stressed word in telephoning
for him him?
D ® 12.6 12.6 Listen and check. Then listen listen and repeat repeat,,
lint page 150 LANGUAGEBANK
A: O f cour course. se. B: 4Jus t
hi him m to
me. me.
2.3 LEARN LEAR N TO
say telephone numbers
6 A ® 12 .7 Complete Complete the phon phone e numb number. er. Then lis liste ten n and check. 3 114020 4020 = Th ree
one four
tw o ________
again. Draw a line bet between ween the words wh ere B Listen you hear hea r a sh short ort brea k.
In telephone numbers: • say ‘oh’ for the the number zero. • when there are two of the same number, number, e.g. 77, say ‘seven seven’ or ‘double seven’. • say the last seven numbers of a telephone telepho ne number in two groups. First, thre e numbers and then four four,, e.g. 926 5 173.
7A
Wo rk in pairs. Practise saying saying the numbers.
1 79 96 96 0 07 72 2 9954270 3 8 0 13005 4 5807713
B Wor k in pairs and take turns. Student A : look at page 161. Student B: look at page 166.
5A
Wo rk in pairs. Look at the flowchart and write the conversation in full.
SPEAKING 8 A Wo rk in pairs. Choose a situation from Exercise 1A. Write key word s for your conversation in the flowchart
B
Wor k in pairs. Read out your conversation.
out their conversation.
12.4
SH SHA ARK THERAPY DVD PREVIEW
"►I DVD DV D V IE W
1 Work in in pai pairs. rs. Look at photo photoss A - F and answer answer
3A
the questions.
go to the Baham as?
1 Ar e you afr afrai aid d of any of these anim animals als?? Which ones? Why ?
Read the programme information. W hy does Tanya
□ □ H S h a r k T h e ra p y
2 Ho w do most people fe feel el about ssharks? harks? Is it safe to swim with them?
T
anya Streeter is a world- famous diver but she’s got one big problem. She’s afraid of sharks! To overcome her fear, she needs help or ‘therapy’ and travels to the Bahamas to get it. Here, she learns learns how to swim with them ... and comes face to face with the dangerous d angerous tiger shark. shark.
correct alternatives.
2A
Complete the sentences with word s from the box. frightened proud excited nervous embarrassed
afraid
1 Some Some peo peopl ple ea are re fri g htened o o r _____________ of th< dark. 2 Wh en you are positive and happy before your birthday or a party, you feel _____________ 3 When Wh en you are happy about so something mething you’ve done, often something difficult, you feel___________ 4 Before an exam or goin going g tto o the dentist, you feel feel 5 Wh en other people see you do ssomething omething stup stupid id you fe el .____ .
1 It’ It’s saf safer er to wear a black/green/shiny swimsuit. swimsuit. 2 Tanya uses a knife/stick/gun to protect herself from the sharks. 3
No/One/Two shark(s) try to bite Tanya.
C Look at the programme extracts below. below. Watch the DVD again and correct the mistakes. mistakes. 1 ‘A t first first,, it isn’ isn’tt dif diffi ficult.’ cult.’
easy
2 ‘I di didn’t dn’t think that they were goin going g to be ... quite so ... friendly.’ 3 ‘I noticed the mask and I think we should change the mask completely.’ 4 ‘Jim throw s meat into into the the wate r to attract the sharks.’ 5 Tan ya, lo ok behin behind d you over on your right.’ right.’ 6 T h a t was frighte frightenin ning! g! Tanya did great.’
B
Complete Complet e sentences 1-6 .
7 ‘I’ve ‘I’ve started to overc overcome ome my very real feeling.’ feeling.’
1 I’m af afra raid id o f _____________________________ _____________________________. 2
I get very excited excited befo re ______________ .
3
I’m not frightened o f ___________________.
4
I felt very proud when I ________________.
5
I often feel nervo us when I_ ____________ .
6
I feel embarra emba rrassed ssed when _I ______________.
D
Work in pairs and answ er the questions.
1 At the end of the pro programme gramme do you think think Tanya was: a) frightened? b) embarrassed?
A
c) proud?
C
Wo rk in pairs and compare ideas.
2 Would you like like to try what Tanya Tanya did did?? W hy /W hy no not? t?
speakout a frightening experience
writeback a story
4A
5A
Think about an exciting or frighteni frightening ng experience
Before he talked about his experience, the man
yo u’ve had. Lo ok at th e q ues tio ns bel below ow and make notes: • How old were you you??
made some notes. Look at the notes below and number the events in the correc t order. order.
• W her e was it? it? • W ha t happ happened ened?? (write the verb phr phrases) ases)
7 went f o r a walk went walk one dog bit my arm didn't move, didn’t look at the dogs remembered advice dogs ran towards me heard some dogs realised / didn't know where t was dogg s Jumped and bark do barkeed
• Ho w did you ffeel? eel? • W ha t happen happened ed in the end? • Ho w did you fee feell in the end? B © 1 2 .8 Listen to a man talk about an experience. experience. Was it exciting or frightening? What happened? C
Listen again again and tick the key phrases you h hear, ear,
keyphrases This happened in [time/place] when I was (age). One day day, ... Th en ,... After tha t,... I felt [excited/afraid/frightened] ... In the end, ... It was (one of) the most [exciting/frightening] experiences I’ve ever had.
B Wo rk in pairs and compare your answers. C
Use your notes fro from m Exercise 5A an and d write about
yo ur e xpe rien ce in 8 0 - 1 0 0 wo rd rds. s. Re Reme me mb er to use D Wo rk in groups and ttake ake tturns. urns. One student: ttalk alk about your experience. experience. U se the key phrases and your notes to help. Other students: listen and ask two questions about each event.
some of the key phrases to help.
12.5 « LO LOO O KBAC BA CK O U T D O O R A CT C T IV IV IT IT IE IE S
PRESENT PRESE NT P ERF ECT AN D
ADJECTIVES
1 A What are the activiti activities? es? Add the vowels.
PAST SIMPLE
5A Unjumble the letters and fin find d six adjectives below.
1 g_ tr_ tr_kk_n kk_ng g
Complete the questions. Use the 3A correct form of the verb in brackets.
2 r_d_ an _l_ph_nt
Have Hav ey you ou ev er ...
3 sw_m _n a r_v_r
1
4 cl_ cl_mb mb a m
nt
n
2
1 du por
ridden a horse? (ride) (ride) _________
pypha = happy 2 xeectid
an overnight train? (take)
3 fiarda
5 g_ sc_b_ d_v_ng
3
in a small plane? (fly)
4 onreuvs
6 t_ k_ a b
4
across a river? (swim)
5 amebearrssd
t d_wn tthe he N _l_
7 w_tch a p l_ y
td
rs
5
_________
a long distance? (cycle)
8 g_ f_sh_ng
6
on a train? (sleep)
9 sw_m _n ath_rm_l sp_
7
on a mountain? (climb)
6 freghtinde B Find five more word s from Unit 12. 12. Write them as jumbled w ords.
10 cl_mb a v_lc_n_ I I w_tch b_rds 12 r_d_ a h_rs_ B Work in pairs and discuss. 1 Wh ich activities activities above can you do do in your country? Whe re can y you ou do them? 2 Wh ich activities above do you think are fun/boring/exciting? 3 Wh ich activities above do you want to do/try? Why?
PRESENT PERF ECT
2A
B Wo rk iin n pairs and take turns. Ask and answer the questions in Exercise 3 and ask follow up question questions. s.
TELEPHONING
A A: : H av avee you ev ever er . . . ? 6: Yes, I have. A A:: Oh, when was that?
6 A Complete the telephone telephone conversation. A: Hello, the Learn English Centre. B: He Hello, 1 Sofia Mitsotakis. 2 my teacher, teacher , Rache Rachel, l, please?
PREPOSITIONS
4A
Look at the word web s and cross out the place/thi place/thing ng which
does not go with the preposition. a countr y
a city
2
I/ neve neverr / go to / an art g galle allery. ry.
3
I/ never / see / a sunris sunrise. e.
4
I/ n ever / drive / a Me Mercedes. rcedes.
5
I/ never / drink / tea w with ith mil milk k for breakfast.
6 I / never n ever / play / go golf. lf.
a wood
a coun try
a^r a^river iver
B: Could Cou ld you 6 afternoon? A: Yes, could you 7
some stairs a coun try
a
A: Sure. Go ahead.
a-road
a road
me this number?
B: It’s I t’s 0853 5823 58230. 0. A: Fine. 8 her to call you. And it’s Sofia ... ?
a bridg bridge e
7 I / never / c ook / dinne dinnerr for my parents. 8 I / never / speak / En Englis glish h on the phone.
A: Just Just a mo me nt.3 check ... I’m afraid she’s in class at the moment. 4 in about half an hour? B: Oh , that’s difficult.5 message for her?
Write the sentences in full.
1 I / neve neverr / eat / fis fish h eye eyes. s.
C Work in pairs. Exchange papers and unjumble the words.
B: Mitsotakis. Mitsotakis. Thank you very much. a bathroom
a mountain a room
a river
B Wor k in pairs and role-play the conversation. conversat ion. Student A: you want
to speak to your English teacher.
9 I / neve r / be / to an outdoor festival. a countr y
10 I / n ever / he ar / Oasis liv live. e.
B
Change the last part of each
a city
a person
a bridge
a room
Phone the school. Student B: you are the receptionist. The teacher
some stairs
can’t come to the the phone. Continu e the conversation with your ideas.
sentence so that it is true for y you. ou.
II ’’ve ve never never eaten been tocabbage. ar artt gallery, but I ’d like to. C Work in pairs pairs and co compare mpare your answers.
BBS
V IID DEO POD CAST Download the podcast and view people talking talking about things to do in London and describing recent experiences.
□ ©
B Work in pairs. Student A: choose one of the prepositions. Say the three things that can come after it. Studen t B: guess the preposition.
A A:: A country, a building building,, a bri dge dg e B: Over?
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
12 126 6
IRREGU IRR EGULAR LAR VERB VERBS S V ER B
P A S T S IM P L E
P A S T P A R T IC I P L E
V ER B
P A S T S IM P L E
P A S T P A R T I C IP L E
be
w as
been
lend
len t
le n t
b eco m e
becam e
b ecom e
le t
let
le t
b egi n
b e g an
begun
lie
lay
lain
b it e
b it
b i tt e n
lo s e
lo st
lo s t
b lo w
b le w
blown
m ake
m ade
m ade
b re ak
b ro k e
b ro k en
m ean
m eant
m ean t
b ri n g
bro u g h t
b ro u gh t
m eet
m et
m et
build
b u il t
b uilt
pay
p a id
p a id
buy
bought
b oug ht
put
put
pu t
catch
caug ht
ca ug h t
rea d
rea d
rea d
ch o ose
ch o se
ch o se n
ri d e
ro d e
r id d e n
com e
cam e
co m e
rin g
ra ng
run g
cost
cost
cost
run
ra n
ru n
cut
cut
cu t
sa y
said
s a id
do
d id
done
see
saw
seen
d ra w
d re w
dr awn
sell
s o ld
s o ld
d r in k
d ra n k
d ru n k
send
sen t
sent
d r iv e
d rov e
d r iv e n
s h in e
sh o n e
shone
eat
ate
e aten
sh ow
sh o w e d
show n
fall
fell
fallen
shut
sh ut
shut
fe e l
fe lt
f e lt
s in g
sang
su ng
f in d
fo u n d
f ou n d
sit
sat
sat
f ly
flew
f lo w n
s le e p
s le p t
s le p t
fo rg e t
forgo t
f o rg o t te n
s m e ll
s m e l le d / s m e lt
s m e l le d / s m e l t
f re e z e
fr o z e
frozen
speak
spo ke
spoken
get
got
got
spe nd
spent
sp ent
g iv e go
g av e w ent
g iv en g on e
spill stand
s p i ll e d / s p il t s to o d
s p ille d / s p ilt sto o d
g ro w
g re w
gr o wn
s w im
sw am
sw u m
have
ha d
h ad
ta ke
to o k
tak en
hear
h e a rd
he a rd
teach
t au g h t
ta u g h t
hide
hid
h id d en
t e ll
t o ld
to ld
h it
h it
h it
think
th o u g h t
tho ug h t
h o ld
h e ld
h e ld
thr o w
thr ew
thr o wn
h u rt
hurt
h u rt
u n d ers ta n d
u n d e r sto o d
u n d e rsto o d
ke ep
kept
k ept
w ake
woke
w oken
know
knew
know
wear
wore
worn
le a r n
le a r n e d /le a r n t
l ear ned/l ear nt
w in
won
won
le a v e
le f t
l e ft
wr i te
w ro te
w r it te n
2
I
LANGUA LANGUAGE GE BANK GRAMMAR
1.1
Present simple:
be Questions and short answers
Positive
+
1
am ’m
fine, thanks.
You/We/They
are ’re
students.
He/She/It
is ’s
7
person) or plura plurall (2+ people).
Don’t use contractions in positive short answers, e.g. Yes, she is. N O T Yes, she’s.
A re
yo u /w e/the y
tourists?
Is
h e/ sh e /it
OK OK??
Yes, No, Yes, No,
1
yo u/w e/the e/t hey y
Yes, No,
am. ’m not. are. aren’t. is. is.
he/she/it
isn’t.
\A Is it good? Use be + subject (I/You/He, etc.) for the question. It is good.
I ’m James. Jam es. I t’s t’s a pen. Sh e’ss AAmeri meri can. Spag Spaghetti hetti Use be to say where a person or a thing is from: She’ is Italian.
1
’m not
very well.
Y o u /W e / T h e y
a ren ’t
students.
H e / S h e / It
isn’t
here.
When speaking, it is also possible to use W e/They’ e/They’re re not and e/She/II t’ t’ss not not.. and H e/She/
1.2
married?
Use be to say who a person is or what an object is:
Negative
-
1
in class 3A.
Use contractions in speaking, e.g. I’m ... N O T ■ham ... ’ = a missing letter, e.g. You You aren aren’’t ... N O T You are not
You You is singu singular lar (I
Am
Use be to talk about people’s jobs: I’m a student. My mother mother’’s a teache teacher.r. Use be to talk about a person p erson ’s ag age: e: I’m eighteen. Mark’s twenty-four.
be to say where something is: The Eiffel Tower is in France. Use be to say how much something is: It’s twelve eums. Use
You/
this/that, these these/those /those
possessi ves;
mine/yours
near
far
It’s
Akira’s
bag.
singular
th i s b a g
t h a t bag
They’re
Chris’s
magazines.
plural
th e s e b ag s
th o s e b ag s
T h e s e are
th e student’s
books.
A ki ra’ ra’ss Use Aki
bag N O T the bag of Aki Akira. ra. Akii ra’s ra’s without repeating the noun: Is this John’ John ’s It is also possible to say Ak ba bagg ? No, i t’ t’ss A k ir a’s.s . my /y /your our mag azi azine ne Use my/your + noun: my en’s mobi mobile? le? No, We use mine/yours + no noun in short answers: Is this B en’s it iisn’ sn’tt B en’ en’s.s. I t’ t’ss mi mine. ne.
1.3 1.3
making requests a sandwich, please? Can 1
have
one of those batteries, please?
send
a package, please?
chang hange e
thes these e dol dolla lars rs for for yen, yen, pl plea ease se??
Use Can/Could + I + infinitive to make requests. Note: could is is often more formal than can. When speaking, reply:
Could
Yes, Yes, of co course. urse. / H ere you are. are.
128 128
LB I PRACTICE 1.1
A C o m p l e t e th e s e n te n c e s with positive forms of
be. U se
contractions. 1 1 2 T he y 3 It
1.2
B C o m p l e t e th e c o n v e r s a t i on . U s e t h e c o rre c t fo r m s o f be. Farah: I you Cindy?
Sonia D ’Angelo. at university.
Jenny:
No, I 2 I3
Tuesday today.
Farah:
4
Jenny:
No, I 5 teacher! 6 a student?
4 Julio
on holiday.
5 We
from th e B B C.
6 You Yasmin.
in my class,
I
Jennifer. you a student? the you
Fara Farah h:
Ye Yess, 17
Jenn Jenny: y:
OK , pl plea ease se si sitt down down..
C P u t t h e w o r d s in t h e c o rr e c t order. Start with the underline underlined d word. 1 in / Debra / the / cafe cafe / isn’ isn’t. t. 2 name / your / JJss / Khan? Khan? 3 at / Mrs / aren’t / Mr / airport / and / Cabrera / the. 4 frie friend nd / is / Paolo / This / my. 5 their / Wh at / name namess / ar are? e? 6 cent centre re / ’s / Whe re / hea healt lth h / th the? e?
A Co Comp mple lete te the the co conv nver ersa sati tio on ns. s. Us Use e this, that, these or those.
C Change the conversatio conversations ns so they don’t repeat the nouns.
Conversation I A: Brigitte,_____________ is Phil.
Conversation I A: Hey! That’s my pen!
mine
B: Hello, Ph Phil. il. Nice to m meet eet yo you. u.
B: No, it isn’ isn’t. t. It’s m^ m^pen. pen. Your pen is over there.
A: And _____________ are my children. _____________ is Tom and _____________ is Chris.
Conversation 2
B: Hi!
A: I think these are Stefan’s books.
Conversation 2
B: No, they aren aren’’t Stefan’ Stefan’ss books. Maybe they’re Daniela’s books.
A: Is _____________ you yourr car ove overr there? B: Yes, it iis. s. It’s great! And v ver ery y fa fast! st! Conversation 3
B Underline the correct alternat alternative. ive. 1 It It’’s th the e laptop.
la lapt ptop op of Meg M egan/M an/M egan’ eg an’ss
_____________cakes, please. A: One of _____________
2 Are those your/yours sunglasses?
B : _____________ one here?
3 This is my newspaper. Th at’ at ’s your/
A: N o ,.
yo urs! are John/J 4 yours! These John/John’ ohn’s keys.
one there.
my/mine wallet? My/ y/M M i ne is This is Angela’s book. M
5 Where’s 6
here.
Conversation 3 A: Is this your mobile? B: No, iit’s t’s Jason Jason’s ’s mo mobile. bile. My mobile is black. Conversation 4 A: Thanks for a lovely evening! B: Tha Thank nk you for com coming. ing. Is this your coat? A: No, it isn’t my coat. It’s Sam’s coat. This is my coat.
1.3 1.3
A: It’s It’s I dollar to 0.6 51 euros. So that’ that’ss 65 .1 euros.
A Complete the conversation with word s in in the b box. ox.
B: Oh. Could 15_____________ these pounds too, please? exchange That’s please could For change Can euros
A: 6_____________euros? B: Yes, 7_____________
A: 1_____________ I help you?
A: 8_____________25 euros. _____________
B: Yes, 2 please?
I chang change e these dollars fo r 3
,
B: T hank you you..
A: Yes, of course. B: What’s the 4_____________ rate today?
129 129
2
LANGU LANGUAGE AGE BANK GRAMMAR present simple:
7
Do
l/you/we/they questions questions and short answers
l/ y o u / w e / t h e y
drink
coffee?
+
Yes,
like
tennis?
-
No,
do. l/you/we/they
don’t.
D o you have lunc lunchh at home? In short answers, use Yes, I do and No, I don’t. N O T Yes, Yes, I lik likee o r N o, I don’t lik likee.
Use Do + subject + verb for a question.
present simple: l/you/we/they positive and negative statements
+
-
Use the present simple to talk about:
1
love
films.
You
running every day.
We
go take
a lot o f photos.
They
don’t read
books.
I come com e from Spain. Spain. I li ke cats. cats. • habits and routines: W e ttake ake a lo lott of photos. photos. In the negative, use don’t + + verb: / don don’’t lik e worki ng at th thee weekend. weekend. When speaking, use the contraction don’t (= (= do not). • things which are always true: true :
present simple: helshelit positive and negative statements comes
from Japan.
He
w a tc h e s
TV .
She
d oe s
everything.
It
flies
t o t he U S A .
has
lunch
-
verb + -s verb ending in
-ch, -sh, -s, -x + + -es
He e// S h e / It
In the negative, use doesn’t + + verb:
do and go + -es -es
H e ddoesn oesn’’t wan wantt to come come..
verb ending in a consonant + -y,
When speaking, use the contraction doesn’t (= (= does not).
change -y to -ies
have change to has
present simple: helshelit questions questions and short answers + 7
D oe s
h e / sh e/ it
c om e
do esn’t like
Yes,
from Italy?
h e / s h e / it N o,
does. doesn’t.
D oes she g et home late late?? In short answers, use Yes, it does and No, it doesn’t N N O T Yes, it comes or N o it doesn’ doesn’tt come
Use Does + subject + verb to make a question:
cats.
asking for information W h a t time When
the tour
H o w much
in
leave from?
take
at
the afternoon the evening
credit cards?
on
9 o’clock, 7.30
the morning
cost?
you
what time/whe ti me/whenn questions are times/time at and and on with these time phrases:
finish?
it
does
Where
Do
The answers to phrases. Use in,
start?
midnight
Saturday
night
Sunday
the weekend
13 130 0
LB 2 PRACTICE A
Put the words in the correct order to make make questions.
C
1 you / Do / class classes es / like like / En Engl glis ish h / your ? Do you like li ke your Eng En g lish li sh cl classes asses??
go
2 runnin running g / eve ry day / go / they / Do ? 3
chat / you / fr frien iends ds / Do / with / alot alot ?
4
junk / lik like e / you / Do / food ?
3 I
correct the mistakes. 2
No, we don ’t.
A
Write the
1 e at
eats
2 study
3 Yes, we do chat. 5 4 No, I don’t like like..
No, they not.
he/she/it form of the verbs. 5 wash
7 writ e
4 take
6 chat
8 have
meet
work
watch start
study have
get up
finish
drink
wo rk
runnin running g because I’m not very ver y active! sp ort on T V a lot because w e really like it. ju nk food because I d on ’t like it.
5 I
on Sundays - ju just relax all day! books in English because it’s good practice.
6 We
coffee late at night. W e h ha ave milk o r tea.
7 You
music a lot. W h ha a tt’’s yo u r favourite band?
C
3 understand
listen to
lis liste ten n to
6 Yes, we go go..
9 play 10 do
B Complete tthe he texts with the verbs in the box. box. Use the present simple in the correct form. go
wa tch
4 T he y
Look at the short answers to tthe he questions questions above and
do
read
2 We
6 cinema cinema / the / to / go / you you / Do / a lot lot ?
1 Yes, I tike,
eat
don’t go
I I
5 TV / on / wat watch ch / they / footb football all / D o ?
B
Complete the sentences with the correct for form m of the
verbs in the box.
drink
relax
read
talk
1 Dan likes dogs, dogs, but he no lik like e ca cats. ts. 2 Tariq drinks coffe coffee, e, but he don’t drink tea. 3 Sophia reads mag magazines, azines, but she reads not books. 4 Lara work s at the weekend, but sshe he does wo rk on Monday. 5 Th e hotel room has a television and and a telephone, but iitt no have an internet connection. D
Simona is a student. She 1_____________ late, at 10a.m., 2_____________ some black coffee and then 3____________ to classes at the university. In the afternoon, she 4_____________ in the library. In the evening, she 5_____ TV or 6_____________ music.
Correct the mistak mistakes. es.
Complete the conversat conversation. ion.
A: 1 B: N o, I 2 A : O h . w h a t4 B: S Sh he 5 A: O h. And 6
Beatrice is a businesswoman. She 7 breakfast at 6 a.m. and 8____________ wo rk at 8. In tthe he __________ her emails and morning, she 9__________ 10 _ to people on the phone. Beatrice’s husband 1L ___________ near her office, so they 12 . and have lunch together. She 13
but my wife 3 she do? English at a sch ool. she like it?
B: Yes. she 7 . W el l, she 8 in the evening, but she 9 A : And w h ha a t 10
like working her students.
you do all day?
B: 1 11 T V and 12 on the phone. A: Oh, and what 13
with my friend Bob Bob do?
13 just
A
.w or k at 6p.m. an and d in the evening she at home.
14
B: H e ’s ’s a film review er. He He 14 14
B
Look at the table. table. Use tthe he informati information on to write
museum I 8.30
2 I0 .I 5
leaves
8.30
arrives
10.15
opens
10.00
closes
6.00
3 $30
Read the text and correct the mistakes. Add
in, on or
at in ten places.
questions for answers 1-8 .
train
about films on TV.
4 10.00
$30
The weekend w e do a lot Sat Saturda urday, y, but Sunday we have a relaxing day. day. W e get up 10 o’c o’clock lock the morning and have
$15
5 6.00
a late breakfast. W e have lunch about 2 o’c o’clock lock and then the afternoon we relax at home. The evening we watch a
6 $15
W hat time/W hen does the train train leave leave??
DVD or something on TV and then we go to bed about 11.30 night.
3
LAN LANGUA GUAGE GE BANK GRAMMAR modifiers
adverbs of frequency frequency never
hard hardly ly ever
0%
sometimes
10%
often
40%
60%
usually
10 100 0%
80%
Use adverbs of frequency to say how often you do something:
always
I usually
have breakfast breakf ast at home. SShe’ he’ss n ever late. late. The adverbs go before most verbs: H e n ever listens to me but after the verb be: Sarah i s alwa always ys ffriri endly. and some beginning of a sentence: sente nce: Usually and sometitimes mes can also go at the beginning Someti Som eti m es AAhm hmed ed phon phones es m mee af after ter mi dni g ht
I’m Yuki’s
very
My friend’s
really
He’s/She’s/lt’s
quite
W e’r e’re e
not very
talkative. good. happy. boring. interesting.
They’re
I ’m qui te hhap appy. py. N O T I ’m happy quite.
have/has have /has g ot +
I/You/ We/They H e/ e/ Sh Sh e e// It It
-
’ve (have) ’s (has)
I/You/ We/They
haven’t
He e// S he he / It It
hasn’t
three sisters.
got
Has
Use have/has g ot to to talk about family and and possessions. Use contractions when speaking, e.g. In the negative, use
I ’ve got,
any before before plural nouns:
I haven’ h aven’tt g ot an anyy brothe brothers. rs.
I/you/ we/they
?
a phone.
she’ sh e’ s g ot
Have
he/she/ it
Yes, got
an aunt?
No,
an iPod?
Yes, No,
I/you/ we/they he/she/ it
have. haven’t. has. hasn’t.
In questions, use any before before plural nouns, and a before singular nouns: H ave yo youu g ot any childre children? n? H ave you got a ca car? r?
making suggestions
making mak ing arrangements arrangemen ts What
to do?
W h a t time W hat
do you want ’s
A re
How abo about ut
to go?
going
to the cinema?
meeting
at h ha alf pas astt five?
Use How about + + infinitive +
good for fo r you? you?
-ing.
you free tonight?
responding to suggestions suggestions Sounds good. +
That’s a good idea. O K. Mmm. That’s a problem.
-
Sorry, I’m busy.
LB 3 P RA R A CT C T IIC CE 3.1
A
Put the words in the correct order to make six
“
I
C Complete the sentences with
not very, very, quite, ver y or
really and an adjective from the box box..
sentences. 1 late late / st stude udent ntss / The / never never / are 2 homework / their their / always / They / do 3 hardly / eve r / rains / here / It
quiet
intelligent
funny
1 Sue never tal talks ks.. She’ She’ss
4 TV / the mornin morning g / in / usu usuall ally y / W e / watch / don’t don’t
2
5 quiet / I / am / very / sometimes
ttalkativ alkative e
goo good d (x2)
easy
ve very ry qui et.
People lik like e Juan beca because use he’s _____________ and we laugh a lot.
6 lesson lesson / fun funny ny / is / The / often
3 This classroom is _____________ - not too big big,, not too small small..
B
4 The o ther stud students ents in this group a re _____________ . They always get good marks in exams.
Add an adverb of frequency to each sentence. Use
the information in brackets to help. 1 I get up early early.. (0%)
I never g et up early. early.
2 I have breakfast breakfas t with my family. ( 100%) 3 My father reads the paper. (80%) (80%)
5 English is 6 I’m my English.
, but I like it. . | |jke to talk to people a lot to practice
7 Mm Mmm! m! This chocol chocolate ate is _____________ !
4 W e ’re tired iin n the morning. morning. (60%) 5 I get up before 7a.m. (10%) 6 I drin k coffee. (0%) 7 He ’s late. (40%)
3 .2
A
Com Com pl pl et et e t h he e co on nv ve e rs rs a att io io n w iitt h
have/has got.
B
Complete the que questions. stions. Use tthe he correct form of
A: 1____________ you 2_____________ any brothers o r sisters? sisters?
be or
B: Yes, 13_____________ one sister, but I 4_____________ any brothers.
I
have g ot A Are re (you) married?
2
(you) a mobile?
A: 5____________ you 6_____________ any children?
3
_____________
(your classroom) a TV?
B: Yes, I 7_____________. I 8_____________ three sons and a daughter, Annie. She 9_____________ a son and a daughter. And tw o of my sons 10_____________two children each. C harlie 11 tw o sons, and A n d y 12_____________ two daughters.
4
_____________
(your best friend) very talkative?
A: An d you r sister? sister? 13_____________ she_14_____________ any
8
children? B: Yes, Maggie 15_____________ a son and a daughter, too.
5
(you) usually early or late for class?
6
(you) a diary with you?
7
(you) cold? _____________
(your brother) twenty o r twenty-one? twenty-one?
3. 3.3 3
A
Complete the conversa conversation. tion.
Paolo: Hi Hi, C a rl. 1 Car l:
on T h u rsd ay evening?
No. bu t2
about Friday or Saturday Saturday??
Paolo: W h a t ’s 3 C a r l:
you?
Sa Sat urday’s g o o d .4
Paolo: 5 Carl:
to do? to the theatre?
Great. W hat ’s on on??
Paolo: It’s the Ro Royal yal Shakespeare Comp any doing doing Macbeth. C a rl:
So S ounds good. W h a t 6
Paolo: 7 Carl: OK . See you the there. re.
to meet? at seven o ’clock? A t the theatre?
4
LAN LANGUAG GUAGE E BANK GRAMMAR there
is/are
+
There
-
There
’s
a balcony.
are
th ree bedrooms.
isn’t
a
aren’t
any
Is
th ere
A re
th ere
garden. chairs.
a TV in the bedroom?
Yes,
two bedrooms?
Yes,
any shelves?
No,
No,
there
is is.. isn’t. are.
there
are n’t.
there is and there are to say that something something exists. Use there is and there are to talk about places and things and people in places: There's a health centre five mi minutes nutes from here. There’ Th ere’ss a spi der in the bathroom! bathroom! Ther Theree ar aree only fi ve students students i n class class today. today. In negatives and questions, with plurals, use there aren’t/ar aren’t/aree there there + any + + noun: There ar en’ en’tt any tables. tables. A r e there th ere any an y chai chairsrs?? Use
can for possibility + Use
I/You/ He/She/It/ We/They
can come with me. can’t
?
Can
I/y o u/ he e// sh sh e/ e/ it it / w e/th e y
buy English food?
can to say something is possible and can’t (cannot) to say something is impossible.
buying in shops It’s
They re
big. to o
small.
ver y
expensive.
It’s
Ye s, No,
I/ you / he/she/it/ w e / th e y
can. can’t
long.
very + + adjective with positive and negative ideas: It’s very good. It’s very expensive. Use too + adjective with negative ideas: It’s too small. = It’s a problem for me. Don’t use too with positive ideas: I t’ t’ss very nice nice.. N O T I t ’s too nnii ce. ce. Use
big
It’s not
small
enough.
They’re long Use not + + adjective to explain what is wrong with an object:
enough. Have you got it in a large? Have you got it in
I ’m sorry, i t’ t’ss nnot ot big big
extra large/large/medium/small? green/blue? is it?
How much
are they?
134 134
LB 4 PRACTICE A Write sentences with the the promts below. below. Use
there
B Complete the questions with
is/ are there. there.
is/are or there isn’t/aren’t. 1 2 / table table / kitch kitchen en There are two tables in the kitchen.
2
2 4 / chair / liv livin ing g room
3 How man many y bedro bedrooms oms
3 2 / bedroom bedroom / my flat flat
4
a study?
4 0 / sofa / my lliv ivin ing g room
5
a separate dining room?
5 a bathroom / up upstairs stairs
6 How man many y bath bathroom roomss
1 Ho w many chairs
in the li livi ving ng room?
a d esk in yo u r bedroom? in your fl flat at??
in your fl flat at??
6 0 / any she shelve lvess / the bedroom bedroom
4.2
A
Write quest questions ions about a hotel/apartment hotel/apartment for
picturess 1-5. Use picture
Can Can you ... there? there?
B
Look at the table. Complete the sentence s below with
can or can’t. seasi de hotel
I
beach ap artm en t
Can you cook there?
( r P3
CV
no
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
yes
no
yes
V
p
nj i IR
zjJ zjJ°° r—'
At the seaside seaside hot el..
At the beach beach apartm ent.
you can’t ca n’t cook.
6
_________________
2 ______ ___________ ______ _
7
____________________
1
.3
3
______________________
8 ____ _______ ______ ___
4
______________________
9
____________________
5
______________________
10
________________
A Complete the conversation. conversation. Customer: Excuse me. 1________________________________________ this ______________ large? Assistant: Assista nt:
Hold on. II’ll ’ll chec k .. . Yes, here you are.
Customer: Oh, blue. 2________________________________________ it ______________ green? Assistant: Assista nt:
Large in green? No. Here ’s a medium. Is Is that OK ?
Customer: Oh, no no!! That’s 3_____________ big _____________ . Assistant: Assista nt:
Ah , here’s a large in purple! purple!
Customer: Great.4____________________________ is it? Assistant: £59.99. Customer: Oh ... that’s too 5_____________ , sorry. Thanks anyway.
5
LAN LANGUA GUAGE GE BANK GRAMMAR
5. 5.1 1
Countable and uncountable nouns
Nouns with
There are two kinds of noun in English: countable nouns and
•
uncountable nouns. • Count Countable able nouns are thin things gs you can count. Th ey are singularr o r plura singula plural: l: a banana, an apple, potatoes
coffee,, tea, tea, jui juice ce but you • Drinks are usually uncountable: coffee can say a juice (= a glass of juice) or three coffees (= three cups of coffee).
•
•
•
• It is also possible to use containers with the noun to show wateer, two packets of rice quantity: a g lass of wat
Nouns with • Use
a/an, some, any
• Use any + + plural countable noun or uncountable noun in questions and negative sentences sentenc es to ask about thing things: s: Have •
•
a/an + singular countable noun: I ’ve ggot ot an apple.
• Use some + plural countable noun or uncountable noun in g ot so som m e veg vegetables. etables. positive sentences: WeVe got
There The re + i s/are + some + singular/plural countable
There’ Th ere’ss a bottle ooff wat water. er. There are some som e carrots carrots.. Use There + is + some + uncountable noun in the singular There’ss s ome mi milk. lk. N O T There to say something exists: There’ are some milk milk.. i sn’t t + Use There isn’ + a/an + singular countable noun to say Theree isn isn’’t a cucumber in the something doesn’t exist: Ther fr frii dge. Use There aren’t + any + + plural countable noun or uncountable noun to say something doesn’t exist: There aren’ ar en’tt an any y tomatoes. sn’t aany ny butte butter.r. tomatoes. There i sn’t there + aa!! an + singular countable noun to ask Use Is + there bottle of orange jui ce in the about something: I s there a bottle fr frii dge? noun to say something exists:
• Unco Uncounta untable ble nouns are things you can’t coun t in Englis English: h: water, rice, bread. They are never plu plura ral. l. N O T one water,
two rices, three breads
Use
atan, some, any
•
Use A + plural countable noun or Are re + there + any ther eree uncountable noun to ask about something: A r e th
apples? apple s? I s ther e any salad salad??
any
you g ot aany ny sw sweets? eets? W e haven h aven’’t ggot ot an y coffee. Usually use some ( N O T any) + in plural countable noun or uncountable noun in questions to ask for things or to offer som e co coffee? ffee? DDoo you something to a person: Can I have some
want some som e tea tea??
5.2
How much/many
how much/many to to find out what amount of something someone has or there is. tomatoess are the there re in i n that ba bagg ? H ow m many any veg veg eta etable bless As k questions with how many + + plural countable nouns: H ow many tomatoe
Use •
do you eat in a week? how much + uncountable nouns: H ow much ssug ugar ar have we got? H ow much milk milk is the there re in the fridge?
• As k questions with
Quantifiers
Use these quantif quantifiers iers for short answers to
Uncountable
How much water do you drink every day day??
A lot lot.. / Lots.
H
Quite Qu ite a lot lot..
V
Not much much..
W
None.
T
Countable
How many apples do you eat?
5.3
A lot lot.. / Lots.
H
Quite Qu ite a lot lot..
V
No t many. many.
W
None.
!
H ow muc much/many h/many .....?.? H ow much chee cheese se have we g got? ot? None. Use a lot/lots (of), quite a lot (of), not much/many lots of fr uit ui t I don’ don’tt drink much wate water.r. + noun: I eat lots We use no + noun. There's no milk. N O T Them’s none milk.
Ordering in a restaurant Could 1 Can 1 I’d I’d
have
a glass of water some vegetable soup
like
please?
+
Yes, of course. Yes, certainly.
please.
-
I’m sorry, we haven’t got any soup.
136 136
LB 5 PRACTICE 5.1
A
Look at the sentences and cor correct rect the mist mistakes. akes.
C
Complete the conversa conversation. tion.
1 Do you of often ten e eat at cchic hicken kens? s?
Man:
2 Sylvie doe sn’t lik like e fruits.
Woman: Well, let’ let’ss see see.. O h no, we haven haven’t ’t g o t1_____________ eggs.
3 No, thanks. I don ’t eat sardine.
Man:: Man
4 My parents ha hardly rdly eve r drink wines.
So I can’t can ’t make an omel omelette. ette. 2_____________ there _____________ spaghetti?
5 Do es sh she e eat meats meats??
Woma n: Yes, ther e’s 3
6 I usually put butters on my bread, not m margarines. argarines.
Man: Man:
7 He doe sn’t like sugars iin n his tea.
Woman: Yes, but there 5_____________ only one.
B
Wh at does the customer buy? Write
a/an or som so m e
and the types of foo food d you see in the picture.
A = some bread
5.2
W ha t’s for dinner dinner??
A Complete the questions with 1
tea or coffee do you drink in the evening?
_____________
3
_____________
4
_____________
5 6
H ow much/m much/many. any.
people are there in this room? homewo rk do you do every day? day?
eggs are there in an omelette?
_____________
hours do you sleep every night? children have you got?
_____________
B Complete the ssentences entences about the pict picture. ure. Use
Have we go t4_____________ tomatoes?
Oh . 6_____________there ______________ butter?
Woman: Yeah, we’ve we’ve got 7_____________ butter. Ma Man: n:
_____________
2
Ma Man: n:
packet of spag spaghett hetti. i.
Grea Great. t. So dinner is .. . spa spaghet ghetti ti with butter on it!? it!?
a lot of, of, quite a lot oof,f, not muc much/many, h/many, none or no no.. 1 The There re or ore ea
lot o f women.
2 There ______________ men or children.
5.3
3
There _____________ water.
4
There _____________ empty glasses glasses..
5
There _____________ food.
6
There _____________ fruit juice.
Wh at sort of veg vegeta etable bless 3_____________ you
A Complete the conversation in a restaurant. Waiter: Are you ready to order?
Waite r:
Customer: Yes, 1_____________ I have some tomato soup,
Customer: 4_____________I have potatoes and green peas?
________________
Wai ter:
________________
Waiter:
7
5_____________ yo u _____________ a salad with that?
Cus tom er: No, thank you.
And for the ma main in course?
Cu sto me r: I 2
7
Wa ite r:
like roast beef beef..
And something to drink drink??
Customer: 6_____________like a mineral water, please. Wa iter :
Yes, of course.
137 137
6
LANGU LANGUAGE AGE BANK GRAMMAR past simple: +
-
waslwere
I/ H e / S h e / I t Y ou ou /W /W e e// T h he ey
w as w ere
happy.
I/ H e / S h e / I t
w a s n ’t
born in 2004.
Yo ou u //W W e //T T he he y
Wa s
I/he/ she/it at home?
Were
w er er e n ’t
Yes, No, Yes,
yo u/ w e/ they
No,
I/he/ she/it yo u/ w e/ they
was. wasn’t. were. weren’t.
was/were. Use was/were to talk about the pas past. t. When speaking, use contractions: wasn’t = was not, weren’t = were not. The past simple of be is
6. 6.2 2
past simple regular verbs
+
I/You/He/ She/It/We/ They
-ed
started
a n ew school.
most verbs +
lived
in Spain.
verb ending in -e +
studied
English.
verb ending in a consonant +
travelled
a lot.
verb ending in a consonant-vowel-consonant, double the final consonant + -ed
Use the past simple to talk about things which started and finished in the past: irregular verbs +
-d -y, change to -ied
I travelled to Eg ypt last ye year. ar. (I’m not in Egypt now.)
negatives with regular and irregular verbs
I/You/He/She/It
wen t
W e/They
had
home. a big meal.
Many common verbs have an irregular past sim imp ple form rm.. Loo Loo k at the list on page 127.
-
I/You/He/She/It W e/They
didn t
like
the food.
have
a D V D player.
Th e negat negative ive is the same for regular and irregular verbs, WQrk ,QSt week (reg Us Use e ^ + yerb; , ^ (regu|a u|ar) r) N O T
worked worked.. They di dn’ dn’tt gget et married marri ed,, (irre didn’ dn’t ggot ot ma marrrried. ied. (irregu gular lar)) N O T I di Questions and short answers Yes,
did.
l/you/he/she/it/we/they
W here/W hen/W hy did
W h at/W h o
come?
No,
go go??
W e w ent to the park. We pla played yed ttenn ennis. is.
see?
1sa w Jane.
travel?
How In questions, use (question word +)
6.3
I/you/he/she/ it/we/they
stop?
Did
didn’t.
W e to o k the bus to the park.
did + + subject + infinitive: Di d yo youu go? N O T Di d yo youu went?
making conversation Askin g about th e weekend
A n s w e rin g
Showing in terest
How was your week weekend? end?
It was great/terrible! Not bad/OK.
Really?
What did you do at the weekend?
Nothing special.
Where did you go?
1went to the park.
That sounds nice/great/lovely/ good/interesting/terrible.
What did you do?
1played tennis with my friends.
That’s a shame.
W ho did yo you u go with?
John, Steve and Amy.
In spoken English, when you show interest, it’s possible to leave out
That, e.g. Sound Soundss great/terri great/terrible ble! !
138 138
LB 6 P RA RA C CT T IC IC E 6.1
6. 6.2 2
”
”
A Put the words in the correc t orde order. r. Add capital letters.
B Complete the the answer s to the questions in Exercise A.
1 ch child / w er e / a / you / happy?
1 Y Ye es, 1
2 w as / holiday / y o u r / how?
2 It
3 ye y esterday / co n cert / at / Jack / w as / the?
3 No , he
4 were / last last / nigh nightt / the / open / windows?
4 Yes, they
5 peop people le / the / many / at / there / how / were / part party? y?
5 T h e re
great, thanks.
about fifty.
A Complete the sentences with verbs in
B Read the text. Then complete the story about yesterday with the verbs
the box. Use the past simple.
in brackets in the correct form.
dance play (x2) listen liste n to wo rk
love
I Mickjagg er_ London in 1961.
study (x2)
economics in
Madonna________ the drums in a Breakf ast Club Club.. band called The Breakfast ___ When she was four, Shakira ___ on the table to some Arabic music.
Brad Pitt _____________ as a driver before he was a film star. Cate Blanchett the pia piano no every day when she was young. 6 Jean-Claude Jean-Claude Van Da m me _____________ ballet for five years. 7 Shizu Shizuka ka Ara kaw a _____________ swimming and ballet when she w as young. 8 Ronaldinho when he was young.
samba mus music ic
Tom usually gets up at six, does some exercise and walks to work. He eats lunch alone, leaves work at five, meets his girlfriend for dinner. Then he reads a book in the evening, drinks a cup of tea and goes to bed early. upp (not get up) at six, he But yesterday was different, he di dn ’t get u 2 (get up) at eight. He 3______ ____________ ________(not __(not do) any exer exercise cise and he 4_____________(drive) to work. He 5______________ (not have) lunch alone - he 6_____________(meet) his friend Sally at a restaurant. She 7_____________ (tell) him about her problems, but he 8_____________ (not listen). He 9_____________ (not meet) his girlf girlfrien riend d for dinn dinner er - he 10_____________ (eat) alone, then 11 (watch) a D VD VD . T w o things 12_____________ (not change): he 13 (drink) a cup of tea and 14_____________ (go) to bed early as usual.
C Complete the questions using the answers to help. Wh o is the famous person? 1 Born? When
In 1963. He was born in Kentucky, USA USA..
was he born
2 Li Live ved d wh when en y yo oun ung g? Where 3 Be Bega gan n ffil ilm m wor work? k?
7 In a lot of different places. His family moved 7 twenty times. He began acting in films in 1984 984.. His first film
■
7 was A
N i ghtmare oonn Elm Stree Street.t. Captain Jack Sparro w in Pirates of the Caribbean.
When 4 What role had most fun playing?
7
What
6.3
A Complete the conversation. A: Hi, Chris. How 1__________________________ weekend?
A: Re Reall ally? y? Wh ere 5___________________________ go? go?
B: N ot bad bad.. A: W hat2__________________________ do?
B: Oh , just to the swimming pool. And you? Wha t did you 6__________________________ the weekend?
B: I stayed at home on Saturday and d did id my homewo rk. On Sunda Sunday y we we nt swimm swimming ing..
A: Liz and I went clubbing on Friday night. Then I stayed in bed all weekend.
A : 3___________________________ good. Who did 4_____________ _____________ with?
B: 7__________________________ great! A: It was wasn’t n’t great - I was il ill. l.
B: W ith my sister and her ffami amily. ly. The y’ve got three kid kids. s.
B: Oh, 8_____________ a shame!
139 139
7
LANGU LANGUAGE AGE BANK GRAMMAR comparatives adjective
comparative
rule
one-syllable adjectives
cold
c old er
some two-syllable adjectives
quiet
quieter
adjectives: ending in -e
large
larger
ending in -y
noisy
noisier
+ -r y + -ier
ending in a consonant + vowel + consonant
hot
h o tt e r
double the final final consonant con sonant
boring
more boring
expe expens nsiive
more more ex expe pens nsiive
more + adjective
good
better
bad bad
worse
many two-syllable adjectives all longer adjectives irregular adjectives
+
-er
than) to compare things and people. Use than not that with with comparatives: A r estaur estaurant ant i s qui eter tha thann a di sco. N O T A restaurant is quieter quieter that a ddii sco sco..
Use comparatives (+
superlatives adjective
comparative
superlative
rule
cold
c o ld e r
the coldest
nice
n i ce r
the nicest
friendly
friendlier
the friendliest
the + -est the + -st they + -ies -iest
big
bigger
the biggest
double th e final consonant
boring
more boring
the most boring
interesting
more interesting
the most interesting
the most + adjective
good
be tter
the best
bad
w o r se
th e w o r s t
Use superlatives to talk about the number one thing in a group: M Mar ar i a’s a’s
spelli spelling ng is the th e best i n th thee class.
Note: The spelling rules for superlatives are the same as for comparatives.
asking for/giving directions Go
straight on. / a ah head. do wn/ past
the High Street, / th e bank.
Turn
left/right
into East Avenue.
Take
the first/second/third
left, /right.
It’s
on the lle eft/right.
turn, take, go) to give directions. In speaking, it is also possible to add Yo Youu: You g o past th thee ccii nema and turn tur n left. To ask for directions, use Can you tell me the way to + place: Can you tell me the way to the sports centr centre? e? When speaking, check information by repeating what you hear: The thir d rig ht? ht? So, / take the next n ext le left? ft? Correct information by stressing the correction: No, the fir st right. No, the next next rrigig ht Use imperatives (e.g.
140 140
PRACTICE 7.1
faster fast er
2 close
_____________________
in brackets to help. 1 A ca cafe fe is quieter
3 big
----------------------
2 Travelling by train is
4 beautiful
_____________________
3 A nightrluh is
5 easy
_____________________
4 It’s
6 cheap
_____________________
7 important
_____________________
8 happy
_____________________
1 fast
7.2
B Complete the sentences with comparatives. Use the adjectives
A Write the com parative of the adjectives.
than a nightclub, (quiet) flying, (slow) a rafe. (noisy)
in India
in Fneland. (hot) eating in a
5 Eati Eating ng at a caf cafe e is is restaurant, (cheap) 6 T h e w e at h e r is
A Write the su perlati perlative ve of the
iong busy
big
hig high h
in autumn
good
old
deep
in summer.
popular popula r
adjectives. 1 gre great
the greatest
1
metres.
2 quiet 3 comfortable
2
______________
3
______________
4
______________
4 close 5 noisy 6 cheap 7 interesting 8 hot 9 fast
5
10 crowded
B Complete the sentences. Use the superlative of the adjectives in the
The longest bridge inin the wor world ld is the Pearl Bridge in Japan. It ’s 1,9 9 1 tourist destination in Europe is Disneyland Paris. Over twelve million people visit it in a year. an d _______________ lake in the world is Lake Baikal, in southern Siberia, Russia. It’s 1,600 meters de ep and over twenty-five million years old. jungle (rainforest) in the world is the Amazon . It’s four million mill ion square kilometres.
______________ ______________
6
mountain in the U SA is Mount McKinley. It’s 6 ,194 metres. view is at the top.
train station in the world is the Shinjuku Station in Tokyo. Over three million people use it every day and it has over 200 exits.
______________
box.
A Read the conversation. Add six more
7.3
missing words.
me
A: Excuse/. Can you tell me way to the beach? B: Yes, Y es, you right at the cinema. The n go straight for about five minutes. A: Five minutes? B: Yes, Y es, and then turn left Menier Aven ue and then take second street on right. I think it’s Grand Avenue. You can see the beach straight ahead. A: Thank you very much.
E E D
8
LANG LANGUAGE UAGE BANK GRAMMAR Present continuous 1 +
-
’m
H e / S h e / It
’s
Yo u/W e/ They
’re
1
’m not
H e/ e/ S he he /I /It
isn’t
Yo u/W e/ They
having
a great time,
sitting
on the balcony,
waiting
1 Am
you /w /we/ e/the the y ?
aren’t
this food,
working
at the moment,
doing
anything.
Use the present continuous to speak about something happening now/at this moment. In speakin speaking, g, usually use the contracted form: I'm not. N OT / am not.
I am not =
In the negative, also use: H e ’s not working. working. They’ They’re re not doing anything.
Are Ar e
Is
Spelling
you / w e/ they
Mario often
w e ar s
a ja cket and tie.
No ow w he he
’s wearing
jeans and a T-shirt.
do
do?
I’m a police officer.
are.
he/ she/ it
1
’m not.
No, you /w /we/ e/the the y Yes, working?
aren aren’t ’t.. is. is.
he/she/it No,
isn’t.
-ing
Most verbs +
-ing
Verbs ending in -e, -e- +
-ing
Most verbs ending in a consonant-vowel-consonant, double the final final con consonant sonant
Present simple and present continuous
am.
Yes, leaving?
for a train.
enjoying
1
wait do
waiting doing
write take
writing taking
swim run
swimming running
What
are
you
doing?
I’m writing down yo u r number!
Use the present simple to talk about habits or routines:
watch DVDs on Friday evenings.
W e often
Also use it to talk about things which are always true or true for a ity ce cent ntre. re. long time: Eli nor wor k s in the ccity Use the pr present esent continuous to sp speak eak about someth something ing happ happenin ening g at Sorry, rry, I can’t chat now. now. I ’m w watch atchii ng a new DVD. this moment: So
A s k in g f o r a re c o m m e n d a t io n
G i v in g a r e c o m m e n d a t io n
What do you recommend? Do you think I’d like
W h a t kind of
this DVD?
1think
it? it?
1don’t think
films
do you like?
Gold River.
you’d like like
it it.. called Impact.
film
There’s a good
LB 8 PRACTICE A
form rm of the verbs. Write the -ing fo
B
Bruno: Hi, Gerald. It’s me. you / sleep? A re Gerald: No, I’ I’m ma att work. 1/ re read ad..
1 live 2 go 3 rnme
you ssleeping leeping ?
Brun Bruno: o: What / yo you u / rea read d?
putt 4 pu
-----------
5 feel
Gerald: 1/ read read some repo reports. rts. Wh at / you / do do?? Bruno: Karl Karl an and d 1/ pla play y cards a and nd llist isten en / to mus music. ic.
6 makp
-----------
Gerald: Hey Hey,, why / you / not / work?
7 get
Bruno: Bru no: 1/ ttak ake e a brea break. k.
8 stand
Gerald: Uh-oh. 1/ talk on the speaker p phone. hone. The boss / liste listen. n.
9 drive
Brun Bruno: o: you you / jo joke ke??
10 meet
8. 8.2 2
Write a phone conversation using the prompts below.
Boss: ss:
A Complete the ssentences entences wit with h the verbs in the bo box x in the correct form.
No, No, he he / no nott / jjo oke!
B Complete the questions with the verbs in brackets. Use the present simple or the present continuous. 1
w ear (x2) list listen en to (x2) write phone stay(x2) stay(x2) watch (x2)
have (x2)
Do
you
2
____________
3
_____________
4
_____________
2 I don’t norm ally __________________ TV, but I __________________ it now.
5
_____________
6
_____________
3 W e usuall usually y __________________ salad for lunch, but today w e __________________ sandwiches.
7
4 I __________________ my mother an email at the moment usually I __________________ her.
8
____________
9
____________
1 I now.
wear
glasses but I
’m not weari ng them
5 W e often_________________ classical classicalmusic music in the office,
study stud y
English eve ry day? (study)
you y ou _____________ English now? (study) yourr best fri you frien end d _____________ every day? (work)
you r best fri end _____________ at the your moment? (work) yourr te you teac ac he r _____________ blue today? (wear) yourr teac you teacher her o fte ften n _____________ blue? (wear) you usually_____________ grammar exercises
alone? (do) yo u _____________ this exercise alone? (do)
you y ou _____________ to English shows/music a lot? (listen to)
but today w e pop. 6 He usually __________________ in a five-star hotel, but now h e __________________ in a self-catering apartment.
8.3
A
10
yo u moment? (listen to)
to English shows/music at the
Read the conversation and correct the mista mistakes. kes.
Ines:
I’ I’d d lik like e to watch a good DV D. W hat ha t recommend?
Pedro: What films you like? Ines:
Actio n film films, s, most mostly. ly. Yes, and come comedies. dies.
Pedro: It’s a good film called Ines:
Rush Hour.
W ho in it? it?
Pedro: Jackie Chan and Chris Ch ris Tucker. Ines:
W ha t’s abou about? t?
Pedro: Jackie Chan is a detective and h he e comes to Ne w York to help a friend. Ines:
You think I like like??
Pedro: Pedr o: Yeah, I think so. I’ll bring it tom orro or row w and you can borrow it.
9
LANG LANGUAGE UAGE BANK GRAMMAR
9.1
articles
a/an
no article before plural nouns when we speak in general usually use no article
before cities and countries
in some phrases
1like cats, but 1don’t like dogs. Sweets are bad for you.
usually use a/an
Shanghai is in China. 1went we nt to Russia last ye year. ar.
the
go by car/train/bus/taxi go on foot go home, home, go to work/sch ool be at home/work /school have breakfast/dinner/lunch
before singular nouns
It’s a Ferarri. I’ve I’ve got a younger brother.
before jo bs bs
My sis sister’ ter’ss a teacher.
before nouns The president visited us last when there’s year. Can you close the door, please? only one usually use the
in some phrases
In the morning/afternoon/ evening at the weekend in the town/c ity centre
on the right/left With countries, use the with groups: the United
States, the States, United Arab Emir ate ates.s. With times, use in the morning/afternoon/evening but use at night (no (no article).
9.2
canlcan’t, have to/don’t have to I/You/He/ She/We/They I/You/We/ They
can
use
the b biikes fo r free.
can ’t
park
in the city centre.
pay
ten euros.
have to
can when something is OK/permitted. Use can’t when when something something iiss not OK /n ot permit permitted. ted. Use have to when something is necessary/obligatory. Use don’t have to when something is not Use
necessary/obligatory.
H e / S h e / It I/You/We/ They
has to
Compare:
don’t have to pay
H e / S h e / It
You can’t come invitation.)
anything - it’s anything free.
d oes n ’t have to
to the party. (You didn’t get an
You don’ do n’tt have to come to the party. (You got an invitation invita tion,, but it’s O K to stay at home.)
9.3
apologising Apologising
When speaking:
Responding
Sorry I’m late.
That’s OK. No problem.
I’m really/very sorry.
+
I’m terribly /so sorry sorry..
• to show how it makes you ffeel, eel, use feel + adjective: I feel terrible about the mess!
Don’t worry about it. No, really. It’s fine.
• reply with No, real really. ly. I t’s t’s fine fi ne when someo ne apologises aga again: in: A : I ’m so
1feel bad/terrible about this. (+ reason) I’m afraid Sorry, but
• to emphasise how sorry you are, use an sorry. rry. I ’m tterr err i bly bly/s /soo so sorrrry. y. adverb + so + so
1missed the bus. 1didn’t hear my alarm clock.
-
1don’t believe you. Don’t let it happen again.
•
1lost my keys.
sor sorry. ry. B : D on’ on’tt worry ab about out it. A : But I f eel eel terrible ... B: No, really. It’s fine. on’tt let it happe happenn agai againn only when Use D on’
you’re really ang angry. ry.
144 144
LB 9 P R A C T IC E 9.1
A
Complete the text with
a/an, the or no
article arti cle (-) . Lucio Luci o is from 1 Italy and he’s 2 _____________ doctor. He was born and grew up in 3____________ Venice but now he lives just outside 4____________ small town in the south. Every day, early in 5_____________ morning, he leaves 6 home and drives to his clinic in 7_____________ town centre. He usually has 8_____________ lunch with 9_____________colleagues and sometimes teaches in 10_____________ afternoon. At 11_____________ weekend, he often visits his brother’s family. They live in the countryside, about two hours away by
B
“
”
Complete the sentences with
a/an, the or no article article ( -) .
1 I think -
cars are safer tha than n motorbikes. motorbikes.
2 I’d I’d lik like e
sco oter ote r for my birth birthday day..
3 It’s I t’s the best airline in
”
world.
4 I ro de _____ bike to school when I was younger. 5 I ha te
boats. I’m alway alwayss sick!
6 I live in a small village and wa walk lk t o
train station eve ry day day..
C Read the conversation. Find and correct ssix ix mistakes with (Two are correct.)
the.
Pedro: Mrs Tho rpe . Whe re can I buy the dictio dictionary? nary? Mrs T: Th er e’s the b bookshop ookshop in South Street. I think they se sell ll the dictionaries. What kind do you want? Pedro: I need the English-Spanish dictionary for my En Englis glish h class. The teacher said we have to get one. The only problem is that the books are very expensive here. Mrs T: Maybe you ca can n borr ow one. Do es your school have the library library?? Pedro: Yes, it does. Goo d idea. I can ask there.
9.2
A
Look at si signs gns A -F . What d do o
B
Complete the the conversation s. Use the correct form of
they m ean? Underline the correct
can/ can’ can’t,t, have to/ don ’t have to and the verb in bold.
alternative.
Conversation 1
1 Mo Moto torb rbik ikes es don’ don’tt have to/can’t to/ can’t go go to/ don’tt have to go on here.. They have to/don’ here another road.
A: You 1have to wear (wear) (wear) a jacket and tie to this dinner. It’s a very formal party.
2 You can/have to park here for free. You can’t/don can’t/don’’t have to pay for fifteen minutes parking.
A: Well, you 2_____________ (wear) your light jacket.
B: But it’s so hot!
Conversation 2
■
3 Bikes have to/can keep left. People on don’tt have tto/ca o/can’ n’t t walk foot don’ walk on the left.
A: You 3_____________ (come) to the meetin meeting. g. It’s not very important. B: That’s good because I 4_____________ (come) - I’m too busy.
can/can’t catch catch the bus here. You have to/don’ to/do n’tt have to wait m ore than
4 You
Conversation 3
ten minutes.
A: 15_____________(get) (get) a birthday present for Sandra. I completely forgot yesterday.
can’t/don ’t have to ride your bike. can’t/don’ can/have to get off and walk. You can/can’ /ca n’t t take take a taxi here. You can/can’t park park here.
5 You You 6
B: It’s OK. You 6_____________ (get) anything. I bought her a present from both of us. A: Thanks! What did you buy?
9.3
A
Teacher: Whi ch part d did id you you think was dif diffic ficul ult? t?
Read the conversation and correct the six mistakes.
Te Teac acher her:: Can 1hav 1have e yo your ur home homewor work? k?
Stu Studen dent: t: Sor Sorry, ry, bo both th 1don’ 1don’tt reme remembe mber. r.
Student: Stude nt: Oh, 1really sorry. I’m a afra fraid id of lef leftt it it at home.
Teac Teache her: r: Di Did dy you ou really do do it?
Teacher:: Don ’t worry it Teacher it.. Did you you do iitt?
Student: Stude nt: Er ... 1af 1afra raid id 1 1forgo forgott to do it it..
Stud Studen ent: t: Yes Yes,, of co cours urse. e.
Teacher: Don ’t llef eftt iitt h happe appen n ag agai ain! n!
10 LANGUAGEBANK GRAMMAR be g oing to +
-
?
Use be going to + verb to talk about plans and intentions: I ’m goi ng to do my ho home mework work ton tonigig ht In the negative, also use is/are not not going to to:: W e aarr en’ en’t t g oi ng to ggoo to the concer concert t
1
’m
H e / S h e / It
’s
Y o u /W /W e e// T h e y
’re
1
’m not
H e / S h e / It
isn’t
Y ou ou //W We e// Th Th e ey y
a ren ’t
Am
1
Is
h e / sh e
going to
soon.
eat
tonight.
practise
tomorrow.
It is possible to use be going to with future time phrases, tomorrow, orrow, soon, this thi s weekend, next week, next nex t m month, onth, e.g. tom
next next year, year, in ttwo wo years. years. In tw o weeks ( time) I ’m g oi oing ng to be on holiday! +
going to
Yes,
1
am.
h e /sh e /it
is.
w e/ e/ y o u / t h e y
are.
1
'm not.
h e /sh e /it
isn’t.
w e/ e/ yo yo u/ u/ th th ey ey
ar e en n ’t’t.
sp eak to Eva today? -
A re
go, o, you don’t need to repeat go: With be going to + g She’s ggoi oing ng (to go) to the post office offi ce..
be there
No,
y o u / w e / th e y
would like to +
I/You/ H e / S h e / It / W e/They
would ’d
like to
go-
wouldn’t
Use I’d like to + infi infinitiv nitive e to talk about what you t’ss hot. I ’d lik likee to g o for a swi swim. m. want to do: I t’
Would
I you he she it we they
+ Yes, like to
want to + infinitive for the same idea: / want to g o to the gym. Note: I ’d like to is more polite than I want. want.
You can also use
drink some tea? No,
I you he she it we they
would.
wouldn’t.
will/might (not)/won’t Use might + infinitiv infinitive e to pred predict ict the future if you are not tonigig ht (= it’s possible, but I’m certain: 1mi g ht see Yuki ton not sure).
’II (will) I/You/He/ She/It/ W e/They
go shopping.
might
visit some friends.
might not
will, might, might not, and won't with with th theere: 1think tthere here wi ll be a lot of peop people le at the party. It is also possible to use
won’t (will not)
7 Use
l/you/he/she/ it/we/they
Will
+
Yes,
-
No,
win?
l/you/he/she/ it/we/they
will. won’t.
will + infinitive and won’t + infinitive to predict the future when you are certain about it.
making suggestions
respon din g t o suggestions
How about
Great/Brilliant!
going
to the zoo?
W hy don’ don’tt l/you/we
go
internet shopping?
Let’s
cook
something.
Wh at abo about ut
(That’s a) good idea. Sounds interesting. OK. I don’t really feel like going.
H ow/ W hat ab abou out t + -ingi ngi n qque uest stions ions:: W hat about havi having ng lunc lunchh now now?? + verb + -i don’tt + subject + verb in questions: W hy don’ don’tt we watch a fifilm? lm? Use W hy don’ beach. h. Use Let’s + verb in positive sentences: Let ’s g o to the beac
Use
That/It doesn’t sound very good. That might be a problem.
146 146
LB 10 PRACTICE 10.1
A
Complete the sentences with the correct form of
be g going oing to to.
C
Use the verb s in brackets. 1 I
the box.
the cine cinema ma tonig tonight ht,, (g (go) o) like (x2)
2 W e _____________ a flat next weekend, (look at) 3
_____________
4 We
ready in time? (you / be)
______________
5 Th e y
(not wait)
A: W hat5_____________ you like to do on y your our birthday tomorrow?
going ng to a concert tonight. I’ve got the tickets 2 I ’d like to g o/ ’m goi here.
A: Do you 7_____________ to have dinner with me
to take a trip to Zurich to morr ow.
B: D o n ’t w o r ry - h he e 1 B: OK, he 3 I’m sure he 4
B: I do don’t n’t know know,, I 6_____________want to think about it. I feel quite old!
to buy a bigger flat, but we don’t have
A Com Comple plete te the ccon onver versat sation ion wit with h ’//, A: Oh, no. no. The do dog g ran away a ag gai ain! n!
A: Are you sure he 2
want
B: N No, o, thanks. 1 14 4_____________like to sit down for a minute!
o/ ’m goi going ng to the theatre, but there are no more tick 1 I ’d like to ggo/ tickets. ets.
10.2
would (x2)
A: Would you 3_____________ to dance?
Underline the correct alternative.
4 I ’d like to / ’m ggoing oing leaves at 7a.m.
’d (x2)
B: Yes, I 2____________ , but I’ve got too much work.
a new car. car. (bu (buy) y)
oing 3 W e ’d like to / ’re ggoing enough money.
don’t
A: Would you 1_____________ to go to the party party??
6 W h e n __________ to Rome? (Steve / go)
B
Complete the sentences with the words in
My train
will, won’t or might
come back. ? not come hark today - that’ that’ss poss possibl ible. e. But rome hark tomorrow.
tonight? B: I 8
love lov e to!
B Circl Circle e the the ttwo wo co correc rrectt al alter ternati natives. ves.
might eat eat it - I’m ssure! ure! It might / ’II // won’t rain, rain, so bring an umbrella. mig ht not not / won’t // might be T h e re might be enough time to
1 He@D/(^on5y
2 3
finish the whole film, so let’s not start. 4 1might not //
'II // won’t go go by train. It’s quicker quic ker by car.
A: 1don’t believe you! He 5 never see se e him ag again ain - I’m su sure. re.
5 She might / won’t / / take a message.
rome hark. hark. W e 6
6 We
B: Oh, look ... Here he is no now! w!
10.3
’II phone tomorrow so please
might / / ’II / won’t be be late, so don’t wait for us.
A Put the words from the box in the correct places iin n the conversation. about
problem
idea
don’t
like
how
have
about Sam: I’m tired. How /ha vin g a break now now?? Jim: I do don’t n’t feel stopping. Sam: Oh , come on! Let’s a coffee. Jim:
Why you make some coffee? I’ll go on working.
Sam: Th at’ at ’s a good, about a sandwich? Jim:: No tha Jim thanks nks - 1want to finish finish thi this. s. Sam: Mmm. That Th at might be a. You wo work rk,, I’ll h have ave lunch. Jim: It’s not a problem for m me! e!
147 147
11 LA LAN NGUAGE BANK BANK GRAMMAR should/shouldn’ should/sho uldn’tt +
-
?
I/you/ he/she/it/ we/they
should
shouldn t
go to bed. drink lots of water. take antibiotics. work.
Should
Yes,
I/you/ he/she/it/ we/they
go
to the doctor?
Use shou should ld + infinitive to give advice: You should and to recommend: You should see that film. Note:
No,
I/you/ he/she/it/ we/they
should. shouldn’t.
tak e an as take aspirin pirin
You should tr y this soup soup.. N O T Yo should uld ttoo try tthis his soup soup.. You u sho
I 1.2 adverbs
Most adjectives, add
-ly
Adjectives ending in -y, =y- + Adjectives ending in
-ily
-le, change to -ly
Use adverbs of manner to say how you do something: I can swim well. She spoke
adjective
adverb
bad
badly
quietly.
loud
loudly
careful
carefully
Use adverbs of time to say when you did something: I went to bed early. She had
easy
easily
angry
angrily
terrible
terribly
lunch late.
He drives badly. Use adjectives with nouns: H e’s e’s a bad Use adverbs wit with h verbs:
Adjectives ending in
change to
Irregular adverbs
I 1.3
terrible
terribly
driver.
good
well
BU T with be and fee feel,l, use adjectives:
fast
fast N O T fastly
film fi lm was terri ter ri ble. I feel fe el te terrrrii ble.
hard (= difficult)
hard N O T haneHy
Adverbs often go after the verb:
early
early
late
late
The
I arrived ea early. rly. She dr ove qui ckly to the shop shops.s. or after the verb phrase: / st star ar ted wor w or k ea early. rly. She dro drove ve her ccar ar quickly. early. She or at the end: I ar ri ved at work early. dro drove ve to the shops quickly.
offering to help Problems
1can’t lift this case It’s hot in here
Use
O f fe rs I’ll
do it.
Let me
try.
Shall 1
do it?
Thanking
Responses
Thanks a lot.
You’re welcome.
That s kind of you.
No problem.
Thanks. I’m very ver y grate grateful. ful.
That’s OK.
try?
I’ll ( N O T TwUt), Let me and Sh Shall all I + infinitive to offer help.
148 148
LB II PRACTICE 11.1
A
1 I don’t h have ave much time.
Should I
send Kirsten an email?
should or
B
Complete questions 1- 6. Then match them with re replies plies a) -g ).
Complete the sentences with and a verb from the box box..
shouldn’ shou ldn’tt
d)
2 Ben does n’t like the colour of his mo bil bile. e. _____________get a new one? 3 Loo k at my hair - it’s a m ess! es s!
get go have stay try wear change
get a hair haircut? cut?
1 My camera’ camera’ss very o old. ld. I should one.
4 Some students never sa say y anyt anything hing in cla ss. _____________speak more?
2
6 Ther e are so ma many ny words we don’t kno w. _____________ buy an electronic dictionary?
3 Do you think I _____________ my money here or at the airport?
a) Yes, you should. It’s too long. b) Yes, they should. It’s important to practise.
4 You _____________black. I think it doesn’t look good goo d on you - sorry!
c) No, he shouldn’t shouldn’t.. The old one is ffine. ine.
5
d) No, N o, you shouldn’t. Phone her - it’s quicke quicker. r.
6 She looks tired. Sh e _____________a holiday.
e) Yes, she should if she has enough time.
7
f) Yes, you shoul should d get an English English— —English one.
11.2
g et a a new
5 My daughter wants to travel in South Am er ic a. _____________ learn Spanish?
A Complete the sentences. Use the a adject djective ive or adverb form of the word in brackets. 1 The teach teacher er was ve ry to the studen stu dents ts
. She She spok spoke e . (ang (angry) ry)
2 She dance s _____________. She’s such a _____________ dancer, (beautiful) 3 I passed the ex am _____________. It was
You _____________this drink. It’s delicious!
They _____________ by taxi. It’s too expensive. We
out in the sun too long long..
W e ’ll get ssunburn. unburn.
B Complete the story. Use the adverb forms of the adjectives iin n the box. early
late
easy
quick
angry
The other morning, I woke up 1 neighbours we re shouting 2
slow
early
because the I didn’t want wa nt to stay at
-------------
. (easy)
home, so I made some breakfast3_____________ and ran out of the do or to w ork. I forgot to take an umbrella and it started rain raining ing so I got very wet. I got to the station at 7.50 and caught the eight o’clock train 4______________ I was surprised when I looked round because the train was empty. Because of the rain, the train went very 5_____________ so I arrived at the office_ office_6______________ There was no one there. Then I realised that it was Sunday, and I didn’t have to work!
4 Shhh Shhh - b e _____________. The baby’s sleeping. _____________ . (quiet) W e have have to talk _____________
5 She’s a
teacher. She teaches _____________• (goo (good) d)
6 I sin sing g_____________. I’ I’m m a ______________singer. (terrible)
11.3
A
Conversation 3
Complete the five conversation s below. Use the
verbs in brackets to help.
A: My hands are full. I can’t carry all these things.
Conversation 1
B : _____________I
something for you? (carry)
A: I can’t find the information anywhere. B: I’____________________________on the computer, (check)
Conversation 4 A: The radio is too loud.
Conversation 2
B : _____________I _____________ it down? (turn)
A: I don’t understand this homework.
Conversation 5
B : _____________m e ______________ a look, (have)
A: The top on this bottle is too tight. B : _____________me try to ______________ it. (open)
149 149
12 LA LANG NGUA UAGE GE BANK BANK GRAMMAR present p erfec erfectt
12.1
For regular verbs, the past participles are the same as the past simple.
Use the present perfect to talk about past experiences in your life. Usually you don’t know or say
+
when exactly these things happened.
Many common verbs have an irregular past participle form. form . L ook oo k at the list on pa page ge 127.
I/ Y o u / W e e// T h e y
’ve
climbed
a volcano.
H e / S h e / It
’s
trave ravell lle ed
aro around tthe he w wor orld ld..
I / Yo Yo u/ u/ We W e //T T he he y
haven’t
wo work rked ed
in di diffferen erentt coun counttri ries es..
H e / S h e / It
hasn’t
stu tudi died ed
lo lots ts of languages.
Ever = ‘in your life’. In the negative you can use
Have
Has
neve never.r. I ’ve nnever ever pl played ayed golf.
I/you/ we/they
he/she/ it
Yes, (ever)
in
worked
Australia?
Make the present perfect with
No,
Yes, No,
1/ w e/ you / they he/ she/ it
have/has + past participle.
have. haven’t.
has. hasn’t.
I/You/ W e/They
’ve
H e / S h e / It
’s
Ameri A meri ca.
the Bahamas.
seen
Mount Fuji.
Go has two past participles: been and g gone one::
liAil liAil *
41
She’ Sh e’ss g on onee to Indi India. a. = Sh e’s e’s been to I ndia. She went there an and d she’s there now.
12.2 present perfect or past simple Use the present perfect to talk about pas pastt experiences in when: n: I ’ve trav travelled elled in South your lif life. e. You don ’t say exactly whe
been to
I ’ve travelled in South Ameri America. ca. in South Ame rica
She went there in the past and she came back.
when something happened: I travelledd in Po travelle Pola land nd in M ay 20 08 .
Use the past simple if you say
The past past
When speaking, it is possible to start a conversation by asking a question in the present perfect and then asking about more details in the past simple:
I travell travelled ed in Pola Poland nd in M ay 20 08 .
A : H ave yo youu ev ever er been to the USA? B : Yes, I have have.. I w ent the there re two years aago. go. A : D i d you lik e it? B : Ye Yes,s, it was w as grea great! t!
12.3
NOW
went to Poland
♦
The pas pastt
May May 2008
I
NOW
telephoning Call Callin ing g a fri friend end
Hi, Phil iliippe. IItt’s D Deb ebbi bie. e. IIss Lis Lise e the here re??
Calling a business
Hello. This is Carla Rimini. Could 1speak to Alan Jones, please? Could you ring back?
Calling back
Just ask him/her to call me. I’ll call you back. Could 1leave a message for him/her?
Leaving/taking a Leaving/taking message
Could you give me the number? Let me check that that..
Use
It’s + name (informal) or This is + name ham:: Hell H ello, o, this iiss AH Hassan. name (formal) (formal) NO T ham
150 150
LB 12 PRACTICE W rrii t e s e n t e n ce s in t h e p re s e n t p erfect. 1 you / ever / eat / Japa Japanes nese e foo food? d?
B Correct ten mistakes in the conversation. A: You have ever been to Australia?
2 1/ eat / Ja Japanes panese e fo food od two or three time timess
B: No, I have. And you?
3 we / never / sleep / in a hote hotell befo before re
A: Yes, I’ve.
4 they / drive / across Europe many times
B: And have you gone to China, too?
5 he / ev er / go / to Eng Englan land? d?
A: No, but I been to Korea.
6 she / have / three husbands
B: You’ve travel in many countries in your life ...
7 1/ spend / too much money 8 She / learn / Arabic , Sp Spanis anish h and and Chinese
A: Yes, I has. I’ve meeted a lot of people and I’ve try a lot of interesting food.
9 you / e ver / clim climb b / a mou mounta ntain? in?
B: But you haven’t learn to speak English perfectly!
A
10 My parents / never ne ver / use / an iP iPod od
12.2
A
A: Not ye t...
Re Read ad th the e em emai aill an and d un unde derl rlin ine e the the corr correc ectt al alte tern rnat ativ ives es..
B Comp Comple lete te th the e sent senten ence cess usin using g th the e pro pro m mpt ptss in brackets. I
2
Have you seen Gangs of New Yor York? k? (you / Yes, I saw sa w it a few year yearss ago ago..
see)
Sarah? (you / meet)
_____________
Yes,, w e _____________ last year. Yes 3
to Spain? (Lea / go)
_____________
Yes, she _____________ there last summer. 4
an accident on his motorbike? (Paolo /
_____________
eve r have have)) Yes, he _____________ a small accident a month ago.
5
Ana Karen K arenina ina?
_____________
Yes, I 6
12.3
A
(you / read)
it at unive university. rsity.
school? (your children / finish) finish) Yes, they _____________ a long time ago.
Complete Jud y’s sentences. Then write the correct response from Dan.
Judy
Dan a) 3355739. 33557 39. O K, got it it.. I’ll tell her. her.
b) c) d)
e) f)
O h, h hii Judy,
No, she’s she’s gone out somewhere, Has she got your you r number number??
Let me just lo ok ... OK , I’ I’ve ve got one. one. A message ... ? Oh , I can ’t find a pen. Could you ring me back?
PHOTO BANK COU NTRIES AND NATIONALI NATIONALITIE TIES S
1A
Matc Match h the countries with the letters on the map.
B Complete the nationalities. C o u n try
Nationality
1 E gy gy pt pt JJ
ia ian n
2 Argentina 3 India
ia ian n ________
an
4 Australia
an
5 Russia
an
6 Canada
ia ian n
7 Korea 8 Mexico
C o u n try
________
an an
10 Scotland 11 Po Polan land d 12 Ireland
Nationality ________
tish
ish
______
___ ish
13 Portugal 14 Vietnam Vietna m 15 Japan 16 Germany 17 Gre ece
uese ese ese man man
______
________
k
9 Malaysia
ia ian n
18 Thailand
i
______
EVEKTPAY OBJECTS 1A
Ma Match tch the everyday object objectss
with the photos. B Complete the gaps with an o orr - .
YOUR STATE DRIYT.R DRIYT.R I.IIIA M
JOBS
1A
Match Match the jobs with the pict pictures. ures.
i
t
1
o
dicti ictio onary nary
2
-
stamp stampss
a,
A
3
identity card
4
sweets
5
file
6
tissues [pocket pack pack]]
7
umbrella
8
glasses
9
wallet
10
comb
11
drivi driving ng lic licence ence
12
coins
13
chewin che wing g gum
14
batteries
15
credit cre dit card